Home

ActivePresenter User Manual v5.5

1. General Interaction Annotation Auto Annotation Text Hotkeys Miscellaneous Tabbed Toolbar Text Preview Snap to default interaction if any Double Arrow Generate text from default interaction if any Highlight Spotlight AutoFit Text Feedback Text Caption Change Text Question Title Answer Label z z Greter ChangeShape Change Style Incorrect Preferred Size Hint E u Complete Width 250 E Height E Incomplete m Se Transition Effects m Reject Entrance Fade In hd Duration ms Timeout L Image Exit Fade Out v Duration ms 500 Audio EE Video Show in Mode Gesture Effect Demonstration Tutorial Practice Cursor Path Zoom n Pan Closed Caption Restore Defaults OK CET Apply Elements in this group have the following properties Snap to default Causes the mouse pointer to automatically jump to the default interaction if interaction if any any Generate text Whether ActivePresenter should generate text for the shape based on the Customizing ActivePresenter gt Customizing The Preferences 324 ActivePresenter User Manual from
2. cccccccceecceeeceeese cece eeseeeseeeseeesaeeseenseesseeneeeneeenes 127 Table of Contents 5 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 ne e LE 127 Advanced ein 130 Exporting To Microsoft PowerPoint Hresentaton 132 EIER 911018 NE ER EL E MERE 132 Advariced ODIEOFPS en 135 EXDOMMING VOU IVI SIMA ON esa 137 General lee 138 Advanced ODN OMS carse rise cae anesthe tate elk edats cnet ia ors wes a eased enn 142 WISE leen 145 Exporting To Flash SIMULATION EE 147 Elei E 147 Advanced e Lal 151 Mlzezeefogce TS 153 REDONNOODIONS serria EE COO ELO TT SS 154 Content Of THE ReDo EE 154 REDOT FOMA tc 155 REDONA zai aM IEEE ESTEE INT UNUS 155 Repon In CSV FOMA isses cuis careo ic c i quce date Det tec leiden Dette Ch ne e bud NH da e Ido Do 156 Biereg ag C BM FOT ie T aa faust pata 156 Report In JSON rem 157 TransmmisstoHn or ie DON GE 158 Other Uses Of AcClVePr senler os sess cen Dente Oxon Oni eines dE dE SE 159 ActivePresenter As Image Eoitor ue NEEN RENE 159 ActivePresenter As Image Format Converter nennen 160 ActivePresenter As Screenshot Software eene 160 ActlvePresenierJAs He e e e TEE 160 ActivePresenter As TTS Generator 0 ccccsesecsecesceeecceetecceeecceececaetecceneeceseesounecceneeseeeesoenes 161 AclivePresenter As Video Ne TEE 161 ActivePresenter As Format Converter 162 Aler 163 Using AclivePresenter VVIDIOWS EE 164 Using ine Captures
3. n Objects A p Video 001 1 1 of Note that all objects in a line have successive z orders the object on the left has smaller z order compare with the one on the right You cannot swap the z orders between two objects in a line without changing their start times To move an object to an existing line you just need to select the object drag and drop it to the appropriate time in the line To move an object from an existing line to a new line you can right click the object in Timeline then select the item Move Up into a New Line or Move Down into a New Line from menu If there is any editing operation which make the duration of object greater than available time in its line the object will be moved to a new line Inserting Object Using Playhead Note that the following description doesn t apply for Cursor Path Closed Caption and Zoom n Pan When you insert an object without Playhead is present on Timeline the start time of object is set to 0 and the object is placed above existing objects in the slide But when the Playhead is present the scenario is different e The start time of object is set to the value at the position of Playhead e Ifthe inserting object is an interaction it will be placed above existing objects in the slide highest z order e Ifthe inserting object is not an interaction it will be placed at the lowest existing line which doesn t contains any object that is overlapped in time with it T
4. Enable keyboard navigation Enable visual focus indicator In this tab define how the presentation would end and whether accessibility features are enabled Presentation End Behavior The following options are offered Ask to restart or Whether asking viewers to restart or close at the end of presentation or close presentation not When unselected the exported presentation will stop silently at the in Demonstration last slide and the window is left open This behavior is applicable only in and Tutorial mode Demonstration and Tutorial modes Show report in If this option is unselected then the presentation will end without Practice and Test presenting you with test result applicable only for Practice and Test mode modes Accessibility These options allow you to enable or disable accessibility features Exporting The Project Exporting To HTML5 Simulation 145 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Enable If this option is selected slide and object accessibility text is exported accessibility text When a slide or an object is displayed its accessibility text will be read out by the screen reader Enable keyboard If this option is selected viewer can navigate between focusable objects navigation using the Tab key Please note that any Key Stroke object that handles the Tab key will not work anymore if this option is selected Enable visual If this option is selected an outline is d
5. Note that you can select multiple slides to rename at once To rename a single slide you can also double click the slide in the Slides pane in the Titles mode right click the Slides pane and select Slide In Titles to launch the HTML editor sorting The Slides Now that the slides are named after their function it is easier to recognize them in a list In the Slides pane right click the pane and select Slides In Grid or Slides In Column Here you can drag n drop any slide to a new position As you drag the slide over the other slides they move aside to make space for it If you release LMB the slide will drop in the gap below Editing A Project Project Level Editing 53 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 The current slide is highlighted in orange as shown above Also note that while a slide is dragged it retains its original sequence number in this example 1 In case you change your mind this number will help you remember where to drop it back Once in a while switch to the Titles tab to check if all slides are ordered correctly Note that the Slides pane has three view modes and you can right click the pane to switch to one of them 1 The default mode is Slides In Column in which the thumbnail of slide expands its size to fit the available width of the pane Editing A Project Project Level Editing 54 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 2 he second mode is Slides In Grid in which the slide
6. 314 CUSTOMIZING en EE 316 hanging The Eang dde odii Sass ete Ss Costi Aad Iced Aired ids Seance Prieto didu icum d Aivelad ds icon ee 316 Customizing The User Interface nennen nnne nnne nnn nnn narrans 316 Customizing Ie Ee 316 PS ae Ola Vell RR TERMS HTTP 318 Thelnteracliorh IA E 320 Hsec M 323 Group T Element E 324 Group ET EE 325 EE 327 LhedJAuUtosAnnotadon Text ab E 329 BIN TIO CIOS E n T Cr I 330 The Tabbed Toolbar Tab dot i t Eh ex to ey haeo ed tod Roe o o sane ieee 331 Tne Miscelancous T AD EE 332 WV TAG Sol Ii IT exonee 335 Table of Contents 10 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 About This Manual Structure Of The Manual The manual contains the following sections Section Contents About this Structure of the manual This section manual Intended audience Who can use this manual Terms used explanation of the jargon used in this manual Disclaimer Read carefully Copyrights Copyright of the ActivePresenter and the products used with ActivePresenter Version numbering How to recognize the version of ActivePresenter and this manual What is new in this version of User Manual List of latest changes General Basic Screen casting Concepts A glimpse of how ActivePresenter works under the hood Overview of ActivePresenter Introduction to user interface feature comparison between ActivePresenter versions System
7. Heset Zoom n Pan kal Reset the scale for selected zoom n pan objects to 100 Curved Cursor Path O Make the cursor path curved o Straight Cursor 9 Make the cursor path straight Path Oo Snap to Previous Make the first cursor snap to the last cursor in the previous slide onap to Next Make the last cursor snap to the first cursor in the next slide Menus Toolbars And Shortcuts FORMAT Tab 315 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Customizing ActivePresenter You can customize the following aspects in ActivePresenter Changing The Language Use the VIEW Language menu The available languages will be listed Select the appropriate language Customizing The User Interface You can make the following changes to the user interface 1 Collapse expand the toolbars use the Minimize Tabbed Toolbar button 2 View hide the various panes Library Timeline Slides Properties use the VIEW tab ActivePresenter saves the project settings when the project is closed If you open a new project the settings of the last saved project will be automatically applied to it Customizing The Preferences Use the ACTIVEPRESENTER gt Preferences menu option The Preferences window pops up It has six tabs each serving a different area Select the relevant tab to change the relevant setting Tab What controls are provided General General options applicable
8. LeftArrow e When no objects are selected Moves the Playhead to the left e When objects are selected Moves the selected objects to the left CTRL LeftArrow Same as above but 10 times faster the CTRL key is x10 accelerator RightArrow e When no objects are selected Moves the Playhead to the right e When objects are selected Moves the selected objects to the right CTRL RightArrow Same as above but 10 times faster the CTRL key is x10 accelerator Moves the Playhead to the starting marker of the selection range Moves the Playhead to the end marker of the selection range SHIFT Sets the start marker of the selection range at the Playhead position SHIFT A Sets the end marker of the selection range at the Playhead position SHIFT LeftArrow e When no objects are selected Moves the start point of the range to the left e When objects are selected Reduces the selected objects duration CTRL SHIFT LeftArrow Same as above but 10 times faster the CTRL key is x10 accelerator SHIFT RightArrow e When no objects are selected Moves the end point of the range to the right e When objects are selected Increases the selected objects duration CTRL SHIFT RightArrow Same as above but 10 times faster the CTRL key is x10 accelerator The following are Customizable hotkeys to change their settings use the Preferences gt Hotkeys Using Acti
9. Objects General Properties Of Objects 256 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Properties pane Introduction To Objects In this section we will see the properties that are unique to each object Mouse Click The Mouse click is an interactive object By default a Mouse click object consists of three separate elements as shown below You can optionally add a Hint message and a Timeout message The object works as follows When the interactive presentation is played this object displays only the Target area element 1 and waits for the user to click anywhere in the slide You can prompt the user to click in a specific area by inserting a shape with some guidance Change the Show in Mode property of the object to make it invisible in unchecked modes by default the object is invisible in Practice and Test mode You can also change the object s style Fill Line Text and Shadow to make it always invisible in all modes The User action must be the same as one of events defined in the Mouse Click tab of the Event Editor otherwise On Incorrect message is displayed For example if the predefined event is CTRL Left Click but user clicks on the Target area without holding down the CTRL key he is doing it incorrectly Objects Introduction To Objects 257 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Apart from this primary behavior the object also has secondary behaviors To set up all behaviors of the object doub
10. These are the SCORM related options General Advanced SCORM Options Generate SCORM Package Mo Package Version 1 0 Identifier SCORM PACKAGE Organization Title Untitled Image Itern Title Untitled Organization Title Item Title Parameter Options Remarks Generate No If your LMS supports both 1 2 and 2004 versions of SCORM SCORM SCORM 1 2 please choose 2004 version the latest version Package SCORM 2004 p Specify a version that can be used to differentiate manifests with ackage We Versi the same identifier For example if you are uploading the same ersion oe a project after modifying it provide a different version number Identifier Specify a name used by the LMS to identify different manifests This value is generated automatically by ActivePresenter but you can change it if needed Specify a title for the organization which this item belongs to ActivePresenter automatically generates this value from project name However you can enter a difference text Specify a title for the item ActivePresenter automatically generates this value from project name However you can enter a difference text Exporting The Project gt Exporting To Images 105 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Exporting To Video Video format is suitable when the audience or an individual student does not have to interact with the presentation in a self paced manner The advantage
11. e Tile means the image will be replicated in x and y axis to fill up the space If the image is larger than the shape it is clipped e Stretch means the image will be stretched in height and or width to fill up the available space If the image is larger than the shape it is rescaled to fit the available space Next select an image from either library or from your file collection 2 You can change the opacity of this image with the Opacity slider 3 or enter the value in the input box 255 fully opaque You can colorize the image superimpose a color by using the hue slider 4 or enter the value in the input box Inherit From Base Style The style is copied from the template style supplied with ActivePresenter ActivePresenter comes with multiple base styles You can switch to any of them Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Properties Pane 210 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 To change the base style click on the Change Base style button The following window pops up e abe Mone Line Red Line Copper Line Yellow Line Green Line Aqua Line Blue Line Violet Line Pink Fill Red Fill Copper Fill Yellow Fill Green Fill Aqua Fill Blue Show styles in amp Library 1 Project Cancel Select any style and press OK Using your own style In the Select Base style window see above you can opt to create your own style Just click on
12. sig agag 2 5 8 3 SE Sig l g lg S S ls 8 Mouse Click Y Y Y Y Y Y Text Box Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Editing A Project Advanced Editing 79 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Key Stroke Y Y Y Y Y Y Mouse Hover Y Y Drop Area Y Y Y Y Y Drop Target Y Y Y Y Question True False Y Y Y Y Question Multiple Y Y Y Y Choice Question Multiple Y Y Y Y Response Question Essay Y Y Y Y Question Fill in Blank Y Y Y Y Question Fill in Y Y Y Y Multiple Blank Question Sequence Y Y Y Question Drag n Drop Y Y Y Y In fact for each object you can specify multiple trigger conditions and corresponding actions Further for a given trigger condition you can define multiple actions in a pre defined sequence For example 1 Ifthe mouse rolls over the shape display the hint message 2 When the mouse rolls out of the shape hide the hint message 3 If the user presses CTRL Click a display a message first and then b end the presentation 4 lf the user presses SHIFT Click go to slide 25 The Trigger Conditions a k a Events The trigger conditions are explained below Trigger Remarks Mouse click You can define specific combinations of LMB RMB clicks and modifier Editing A Project Advanced Editing 80 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 keys SHIFT CTR
13. ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 b Standard window buttons and Minimize Restore Tabbed Toolbar button vi ii Find Wen E Align Fill Line Shadow IG Replace am um rmn am L P roject settings At the top right of the program window is three standard window buttons Minimize Maximize Restore Close but they have a different look comparing to normal window Next to the left of three buttons is the Minimize Tabbed Toolbar button You can use this button to collapse the Tabbed Toolbar to save the screen space for editing 2 The Document Window Similar to previous versions ActivePresenter allows you to open multiple projects simultaneously However the document windows now are displayed in tabs allows you to navigate between documents more easily ACTIVEPRESENTER HOME SLIDE ANNOTATION INTERACTION EXPORT LOCALIZE VIEW fal A B Z Ub A Y 28 Shapes Interactions Text Orde E Caption Where is the Africa Congratulations your answer is correct Sorry your answer is not correct d Find e Ei m QA rag WowU The document window contains following components hadow Replace Project z Settin PROPERTIES SLIDE 4 Timing amp Transition Duration ms Transition Duration ms Direction gt Background RESOURCES SE db meng E Lag Show image
14. CPU 1 0 GHz or faster processor with SSE2 which is available from Intel Pentium 4 1 2 GHz recent multi core or higher recommended RAM 1 GB Recommended 2 GB Hard disk 1 GB of available hard disk space Sound card Microphone for audio recording Software For HTML slideshow or Flash and HTML5 based simulations the following web browsers are fully supported and tested e Mozilla Firefox 3 0 or higher e Google Chrome e Internet Explorer 7 0 or higher Object rotation is not supported in IE7 and IE8 the object will be displayed without rotation in this case e Safari 4 or higher e For running HTML5 Simulation in Internet Explorer 7 and 8 Adobe Flash Player or Microsoft Silverlight plugin is required for multimedia playback Opera 9 50 or higher not recommended because Opera doesn t allow to simulate right click by default For Microsoft Word export Microsoft Word 2003 or higher is required For Microsoft Excel export Microsoft Excel 2003 or higher is required For Microsoft PowerPoint import export Microsoft PowerPoint 2003 or higher is required Installing ActivePresenter It is very easy to install the ActivePresenter After downloading the installer double click on it and General System Requirements 28 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 follow instructions Activation The Free Edition does not need activation To activate
15. Connection settings In order to connect to the internet ActivePresenter needs the connection settings When you click this button a dialog pops up and offers the following options e No proxy e Use system settings default e Manual configuration Check with your admin and set the values Provides logging related options Logs are important for troubleshooting Enable logging If you disable this option no logs will be kept Log Ul level Select the log level that will be displayed Only log messages which have severity level that is higher or equal to the selected level will be displayed The other logs will be written to the log file silently Verbose mode In verbose mode more details are captured This is better for troubleshooting Log level There are five levels Fatal error most severe level Error Warning Message otatus Information If you select any level the log will be kept of that level and higher levels if any For example selecting Warning will keep a log of the top three types of problems but selecting Fatal error will keep log of fatal errors only View Log Clicking on this button shows the log file The log file is automatically cleared and started over when its size reaches 2 MB Confirmation These settings specify whether appropriate messages will be displayed to Settings seek the user s confirmation Customizing ActivePresenter gt Customizing The Preferences 333 ActivePresenter
16. There are two benefits of using resources from the Library 1 ActivePresenter does not need a local copy of the resource It simply links the object As you use the resource in more and more projects the total saving in storage area become significant 2 f you use aresource directly from disk ActivePresenter stores a local copy of it If you use the same resource at multiple places within a project ActivePresenter will not maintain a common copy of the object it has no way to compare the incoming objects As a result the same object will be stored multiple times On the other hand if the object is used from the Library all this storage area is freed The Resource pane has three tabs 1 Images Provides Images from Library and current project 2 Audio amp Video Provides audio clips and video clips from Library and current project 3 Styles Provides default styles provided in ActivePresenter and your own customized styles from the current project Let us see these tabs in more details Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Resources Pane 216 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 The Images Tab 1 Image 1 2 Image 2 Show images in 2 Library Project Images B Audio amp Video QP styles This tab has three sections as marked above 1 This is the Toolbar to manage image resources The buttons work as follows Butt
17. Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Capture Profile Editor 170 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 The Cursor Tab General Audio amp Video Cursor Annotation Hotkeys Cursor Settings Record Mouse Cursor Make Cursor Editable for Full Motion Recording More Settings Cancel The options in the Cursor tab apply for both cursors in recorded video and the cursors of cursor path object The Cursor tab contains the following options Option Remarks Record Mouse It is common that you want to record the cursors in a software Cursor demonstration video so this option is selected by default Sometimes you don t want the cursors appear in recorded result for example when recording movies or slide based materials for assessments In these cases you should deselect this option Make Cursor ActivePresenter allows you to edit the cursor highlight mouse click sounds Editable for Full and effects in recorded video if this option is selected before recording Motion Recording De select this option if you want the cursors are rendered directly into video More Settings Click this button if you want to customize the cursor highlight mouse click Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Capture Profile Editor 171 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 sounds and effects This will open up the Cursor Path settings page of program if you are creating a new project or the Cursor Path settings
18. White spaces also count It s better to select several slides and change group title at once in Properties pane This is used if you export the project to document formats PDF Word Excel in compact mode In compact mode of export only one image is exported for each slide group Show In Slide List Show Continue Numbering This property is only used in HTML5 and Flash Simulation outputs It specifies how the Slide Name displayed in Slide List TOC You can set the Show In Slide List property to one of following 1 Hide The Slide Name is not displayed in TOC 2 Show No Numbering The TOC displays the Slide Name without a prefix order number 3 Show Continue Numbering The TOC displays the Slide Name with a prefix order number which follows the value of previous slide 4 Show Restart Numbering The TOC displays the Slide Name with the 1 before it Timing amp Transition Set the duration and the transition effect of slide Duration 9000 ms You can set the duration of each slide in milliseconds This duration is represented as a slide bar in Timeline Note that you can also set the duration of the slide on the Timeline Editing A Project Editing A Slide 63 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 by moving the red tick on slide bar This is only the default value to start with If any object in a slide ends after this time
19. Action T Continue Presentation Cancel This tab is used in all interactions except the Mouse hover interaction It defines the behavior when the user fails to respond within the time limit defined in the Settings tab The GUI works as follows 1 The actions are listed in a stack They are executed in the order of appearance top to bottom In this example if the user has failed to respond within the time limit ActivePresenter will continue with the presentation But you may choose to display a Sorry you have exceeded the time limit message and then continue or even end the presentation 2 hese buttons are used to organize the list of actions The F button adds a new entry in the pane The button removes the selected entry The f and buttons move the selected row up and down in the stack Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 195 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 The On Rollover Tab This tab is used by the Mouse Click Text Box Key Stroke and Mouse Hover interactions It defines the behavior when the user rolls the mouse over the main area of the interaction On Rollover On Rollout Actions to be performed when user moves the mouse over this object 1 Action Show Object Blocking Hint Message 29 Cancel The GUI works as follows 1 The actions are listed in a stack They are executed in the order of appearance top to bottom In this example the ActivePr
20. All current project by capturing new backgrounds Slides Replace Slide Start replacing the backgrounds of selected Backgrounds gt slides in current project by capturing new Selected Slides backgrounds Replace Slide Start replacing the backgrounds of all slides in Backgrounds gt All current project by backgrounds of slides in an Slides From existing project Project Replace Slide Start replacing the backgrounds of all slides in Backgrounds gt current project by backgrounds of slides in an Selected Slides existing project From Project Import From Ki Import translated text in XLIFF format into the XLIFF project Export To XLIFF Export text in the project to XLIFF format for translation VIEW Tab Tool Default Icon Remarks Shortcut Slides In Column Show slide thumbnails in the Slides pane The slide thumbnails are resized automatically to fit the available width Slides In Grid EIS Show slide thumbnails in the Slides pane The EIE slide thumbnails have a fixed size and are displayed in grid Slides In Titles Show slide titles in the Slides pane Timeline mS Show hide the Timeline pane Resources Show hide the Resource pane x Menus Toolbars And Shortcuts VIEW Tab 312 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Properties Show hide the Properties pane a Slides ei Show hide the Slides pane Drag n Drop Ctrl D Ea Show hide the
21. Alternative Text to S idelmage 1 2 Styling The Contents To set style font name font size color for Slide Name Slide Description you can not set text properties directly to the tags instead you need to open the Styles pane and add new styles and named them as SlideName and SlideDescription ActivePresenter will automatically use these styles when writing Slide Name and Slide Description text After exporting you can also change these styles easily by opening exported document and changes appropriate styles Exporting The Project Exporting To Microsoft Word Document 126 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Exporting To Microsoft Excel Worksheet To export the project to Microsoft Excel Worksheet click EXPORT gt Microsoft Excel xg This has two tabs General options and advanced options General Options General Advanced Rendering Options Include Objects Started by Event Only Export Active Window Area Layout Slides Per Page One Description Top Page Orientation Landscape Use Native Objects Image Size 100 Color Depth True Colors 24 bit Format PNG Optimization Level None Output Template Output File Cancel Rendering options Option Remarks Include Include Objects Started by Event Objects Started by Event Only Export The exported area only includes the Active Window area and slide objects Active Window which are selected to export It is usually used with the Slides per
22. Auto Annotation Text Hotkeys Customize Ribbon Miscellaneous Black Shapes Show in Made Li uad Demonstration Tutorial Practice Double Arrow Highlight Spotlight Type None Color Opacity 100 Feedback Text Caption Movement Path Cursor Shape Question Title Answer Label amp Straight Correct Incorrect Hint Click Sound Complete Incomplete Left click Mouse Click 1 Cursor Highlight Change Cursor Right click Mouse Click 2 Left double click Mause Double Click 1 Click Effect Left click Type Circle Zoom n Pan 2 Closed Caption Right click Type Circle Left double click Type Concentric Circles w Color Size 20 Restore Defaults Apply It has the following properties Show in mode State whether to show this element in the four modes Demonstration Tutorial Practice and Test Select one or more modes Cursor highlight type Select between none circle and square Movement path oelect between e Straight The actual path of the mouse cursor is replaced by straight lines between clicks e Curved ActivePresenter preserves the actual movement path and represents it with a B zier curve Cursor shape Click the Change cursor button to see other shapes Select any shape Customizing ActivePresenter Customizing The Preferences 327 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 and press OK Click sound This section shows three different
23. Change Shape and select a shape from the menu You don t need to delete them and insert new shapes e If you use mages as drag sources drop targets you should prepare them all then insert once ActivePresenter allows you to insert multiple images at once e f you have two overlapped drop targets when a drag source is dropped onto the overlapped area the drop target that has higher z order will process the dropped source You should set the z order properly to get desired results Custom JavaScript in HTML5 Output ActivePresenter allows accessing to elements of presentation in the HTML5 output by exposing the JavaScript API You can write custom script in following areas e he Event tab of project e he Event section of slide e he Execute JavaScript action in Event Editor You can access to the presentation by using the global object Prez The Prez is a global object which has following methods ShowS lide index Editing A Project gt Advanced Editing 89 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Ps index An integer indicates the index of the slide ShowNextSlide Go to the next slide ShowPreviousSlide Go to the previous slide ShowPreviousVisitedSlide Go to the previous slide of current point in the navigation history stack next slide of current point in the navigation history GetObject objectName the object in the current slide which has specified objectName A string that defines the name of
24. Converting All Closed Captions To oeech ener 289 WISCCHAMCOUS KEE 291 DIT CO oe toes Cuts sitar at Gau E bab Ga Db uu 6 mL UR MA du ea O D RR E 291 EE 291 cantur A WIN GOW M 292 C abt ripg ALD OBEC unten ee ee 292 Capturing The Full S Cree BEE 292 Capturing An Application or Hegon 293 ScreenshoL ODHOFIS erste untere E aden eased ede inu end ean eium pe dn uie n 294 AU cu A dL E 294 Display Styles ol Audio ODIGGIS cine sient ti ei dien bein ir e eoa bli iet bala mio bodie be td etas 295 Properes OF AUGIOO DI ur 295 VIAE EE 296 Common Properties Of Video Obert 297 Cursor Effects Properties In Recorded Video nnannnannnennnennonnnnnnnnnnennnennnnrsnrrnnreenrenenne 298 FI COZ cii ET T T I TT mt 299 Pausing A Video Track Freezing The Gcenel eene 300 Pausing An Audio Track Inserting Gilencel 300 Menus Toolbars And Shores tention Dre oett nte curta it doctoatanc attt sueta anto does 302 ActivePresenter Main el E 302 QUICK ACCESS elle EE 303 RON ES fe eee eee nee E 303 e EE Sag Ee E 306 Table of Contents 9 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 ANNOTATION Pa M 308 MERACTION ag ET 309 EXPORT TD eee eee nea en en ee on en eae eee eee eee en ee eee 311 2 B24 Seal 2 Reem HN M NCMO 311 VIEW pa er T eee 312 an E ee nee RE RN MEE NR EE 313 wea
25. Correct Incorrect and Hint message are feeaback objects ActivePresenter presentations can provide a feedback to the viewer s action when he interacts with the HTML5 Flash simulation in Tutorial Practice or Test mode but not in Demo The Correct Message is displayed if user action is correct Conversely the ncorrect Message is displayed if user action is incorrect The Hint Message is displayed when user hovers the mouse over the interactive object Mouse Click Key Stroke See the demo for an example of interactive objects and feedback messages When the Use OLE Automation for Microsoft Office option is checked ActivePresenter can get more precise size and location of captured interactions when capturing MS Office But sometimes it causes MS Office working improperly e g MS Excel 3D references If this happens just disable this option For capturing other applications ActivePresenter just ignores this option Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Capture Profile Editor 173 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 The Hotkeys Tab General FMR Audio Cursor Annotation Hotkeys Use Hotkeys Pause Resume Pause Stop Ctrl End Cancel Ctri Alt C Manual Capture Print Screen Capture In Advance F8 Start Full Motion Recording F9 Stop Full Motion Recording Restore Defaults Cancel The Hotkeys tab lets you set the keyboard shortcuts for various functions The Restore defaults button at the bot
26. Include Objects Includes the objects that are started by event started by event Only Export Active The exported area only includes the Active Window area and slide Window Area objects which are selected to export Image oize Range 10 to 150 The size is relative to canvas size selected at the 5 beginning of the project you can check this out at any NEES time by using the ACTIVEPRESENTER gt Project Information menu option Note that ActivePresenter only works with logical size i e pixels However when displayed printed the ohysical size depends on pixels and the dpi dots per inch setting of the displaying printing device Color Depth True Colors 24 bit Higher color depth makes the presentation look 256 Colors 8 bit stunning But it also increases the file size When the images are inserted in other files that file also will Grayscale 8 bit become large Format Due to their soecs and compression algorithms JPEG is best suited for pictures while PNG is best suited for computer generated images screenshots drawings Note that JPEG compression is lossy while PNG is lossless so PNG retains crystal clear quality but the downside of PNG is that it does not compress well with pictures very big file size and the decoding when viewing is slower than JPEG However screenshots are compressed better with PNG the file has small size and there is no loss of quality Optimization These are relative com
27. Object is a generic name for any structured item that is placed in a slide to add annotation or to make it interactive Examples of Objects are images different shapes such as rectangles circles ovals arrows and General Basic Screencasting Concepts 18 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 call outs text captions closed captions highlights vector curves that represent the path of the cursor zoom n pan frames audio clips and video clips oee Appendix Objects for more details Note that the term objects is also used in a totally different context when you are taking a screenshot There an object means any part of a window that can be captured in a screenshot such as toolbars toolbar buttons panes menus scroll bars controls etc Object Style otyle is a preset of object properties fill line text graphics effects oeveral options are available in the Styles tab in the Resources pane select any style listed in the pane and use the context menu Add a new style Clone from selected style Copy the selected style to project and Delete the selected style When a new style is added ActivePresenter provides it with a temporary name with an internally incremented number The author should always provide a meaningful name to the newly created style Library A library is a virtual storage area that contains the often used resources Library Preset resources ge User resources Hard disk 4 P
28. Open an existing project Save Ctrl S Save the current project Undo Ctrl Z WY Reverse the last actions Redo Ctrl Y Repeat the last undone actions HOME Tab Tool Default Icon Remarks Shortcut Paste Ctrl V em Paste the contents of clipboard Cut Ctrl X M Cut the selected items into clipboard Copy Ctrl C Copy the selected items into clipboard Blank Slide 4 Insert a blank slide Menus Toolbars And Shortcuts Quick Access Toolbar 303 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Capture Slides Insert new slides by fresh capturing olides From Insert images as slides create new slides and insert images from disk as their background or insert slides from a PowerPoint presentation E Font Name Change the font name for the selected text or objects Font Size Change the font size for the selected text or objects Increase Font Size Ctrl A Increase font size for the selected text or objects Decrease Font Ctrl A Decrease font size for the selected text or Size objects Remove Format Remove inline text formatting for the selected objects Floating Text TH Show Hide the Floating Text Format toolbar Format Toolbar when editing text Bold Ctrl B B Make the selected text or the text in the selected objects bold Italic Ctrl Z Make the selected text or the text in the selected objects italic Underline Ctrl U U Underline th
29. Show report in If this option is unselected then the presentation will end without Practice and Test presenting you with test result applicable only for Practice and Test mode modes Exporting The Project gt Exporting To Flash Simulation 153 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Reporting Options The reporting option is designed for publisher who does not have a SCORM compliant LMS It provides an alternative way for publisher to collect test results from learners via HTTP or Email protocol Content Of The Report The report can be formatted in various ways but the content generally consists of the following Name Presentation name also project name Description Presentation description also project description Date The local time based on user computer date time setting when the report is created UserlD Identity of the user who takes the practice or test When user logged in to take practice or test server side script should store a cookie which its name is userid and value is the id of the user to the client computer If no userid named cookie is found the user will be prompt to input his her identity before sending report TotalTime The duration in seconds which user used to take the practice or test olideCount Number of slides in the presentation Taken Number of slides which user has taken Correct Number of slides which user has performed action corre
30. The light blue shaded ramps at both ends signify that the object is undergoing the transition effect during this time The pure object can be seen only between the two diamonds You can drag both diamonds in the Timeline to adjust the durations of the transitions ActivePresenter shows precise timing information and other information about the marker as shown below Start Time 4s Oms Duration Ze 920ms Entrance Effect Fade Exit Effect Fade In this example 1 Is the position mm ss with a resolution of 1 millisecond of the green diamond end of the entrance effect 2 Is the gap between the start edge and the green diamond mm ss with a resolution of 1 millisecond This means the entrance effect will last for 500 ms 1 2 second 3 Is the tooltip that shows the overview of the shape it belongs to You can easily see that this is Shape 1 which starts at 4s from the start of the slide It has a duration of 2 920 seconds It has entrance and exit effects and both are set to fade fade in fade out You can also change the durations in the Properties pane To remove the effect click on the diamond and drag it downward out of the Time Bar Keep dragging till the diamond turns gray and then release the LMB The effect will be removed Audio ActivePresenter displays the audio waveform on the time bars of all audio video objects to alert you that the object has an audio attached to i
31. drop down list select your desired format png jpeg bmp 4 Close the project without saving ActivePresenter As Screenshot Software This is a five step process ActivePresenter cannot snap and save a screenshot image directly 1 Open a project of any type or open an existing project Don t worry about its parameters because the project will not be changed in any way 2 Take a screenshot any window object whole screen or a rectangular area on screen When taking a screenshot in Application or region mode be sure to select the Insert as image to current slide check box ActivePresenter inserts it as an image in the current slide 3 Right click on the image in the Canvas pane or its time bar in the Timeline pane From the context menu that appears select the Edit image option The Image Editor pops up and lets you edit the image 4 After editing you can directly save the image as a file using the ACTIVEPRESENTER gt Save as menu option 5 Close the project without saving ActivePresenter As Audio Editor This is a five step process 1 Open a project of any type or open an existing project Don t worry about its parameters because the project will not be changed in any way Insert the audio that is to be edited Now you can edit this track in one or more of the following Other Uses Of ActivePresenter gt ActivePresenter As Image Format Converter 160 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5
32. e Rotate objects E Change media playback speed d e Edit cursor effects in recorded videos ActivePresenter User Manual ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Table of Contents Eet eg ee E 2 POOUE TAS IVI eU m a 11 SLC es IRR SUIS IIS SUNT TEC TELLURE 11 MEnded sire sio NETTO TET TTD DD TT 12 POW NOs hr e Eu EE 13 PTS e EE 13 Bitze VE 13 EEN et E T E TO 14 NS esu oe OS EE 14 Getting The Latest User Mantal usui a ttr epe tm e phu gie polum ami pon md natu 14 What s New In This Version Of User Manual 14 SIC TITIUS T TNNT 15 Basi ocreercdstig GOMCE DIS coco ae eon R pa ee stans x esa A 15 SCC SISO NN TD m 15 lecce AS ENC WEE 15 lege et MM RECON DES REEL PTATEM 16 Slide BaCk 9 ten d Mr 17 olde 1810 3 RI T T T ML 18 misce elTc 18 How Resources Come Into A Project cccceececssececeececeeeeeceeeesseeeeseuseseeesseeeesesesseeeeseaees 18 Sle dckeee ee rm 18 ll ee EE 19 LIDE Y E 19 How ActivePresenter Manages The Hesources enn 20 A eine ION NETTO TT DU OL DT TULERUNT 20 Ale Ate EM rede OO S ee 21 vou m 21 Ihteractive Presentadorr MOOOS EE 21 Deimorsirador ModE E 21 TRMOP AL ModE EE E E E E 22 Pa CE e EEN 22 TEST MOOS EE 22 Table of Contents 2 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Frame nci E D mem 22 Steiere EOS SUPE 22 PENI ed cabida ue DE Eu 23 Overview Of Achivebiresenter ener nsns ea a anrea ns 23 ActivePresenter User Interf
33. enter a difference text Exporting The Project Exporting To Video 110 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Exporting The Project Exporting To Video 111 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Exporting To HTML SlideShow To export the project to HTML SlideShow click EXPORT HTML SlideShow El This has two different options General options and Advanced SCORM General Options General Advanced Rendering Options Include Closed Caption Generate Mavigation Guide Page Include Cursor Path Generate in Compact Mode Include Objects Started by Event Only Export Active Window Area Image Size 100 w Color Depth True Colors 24 bit Format PMG Optimization Level Mone Output Location C Users Documents ActivePresenterUntitled t Browse These options are divided in three sections as follows Rendering Options Include Closed If this option is selected the images will have CC Caption e Note that if the image size is reduced the captions may not be readable On the contrary they will obstruct whatever little space Is left Then it is best to drop it Generate Navigation Create a first page which contains guideline about using hot key to Guide page navigate through the slides Include Cursor Path Deselecting this option will hide the cursor path Exporting The Project 112 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Generate in compact Create only one slide per Slide Group mode
34. page of the current project if you are inserting additional content by capturing The Annotation Tab This tab controls the annotations and interactions that are automatically added during the capture mode These are distinct from the annotations and interactions added during the editing of the captured project The options on this tab get activated only when you select the Smart Capture mode in the General tab If you select the FMR mode none of the options apply General FMR Audio Cursor Annotation Hotkeys Add Annotation and Interaction for Mouse event Annotation Mouse Click Interaction Mouse Click Feedback Correct Incorrect Add Annotation and Interaction for Keyboard event Annotation Key Stroke Text Box Interaction Key Stroke Text Box Feedbacks Correct Incorrect Place annotations inside active window area Use OLE Automation for Microsoft Office The annotation tab has two main sections one for the mouse and the other for the keyboard Both sections have identical options as follows Option Remarks Annotation To introduce an annotation mouse key that is about to occur or to guide the Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Capture Profile Editor 172 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 learners how to operate Annotation is usually used for demonstration and training Correct Message Incorrect Message Hint Message
35. the focused object is an element of a question object the message is inserted for the question Question Button Insert button for the focused question object including Clear Back Skip Submit button SST Insert answer for the focused question object Question Object Insert shape or image into the focused Drag n Drop question object Menus Toolbars And Shortcuts ITERACTION Tab 310 ActivePresenter User Manual EXPORT Tab Version 5 5 Tool Default Icon Remarks Shortcut Images Export slides as individual images Video Export as a video specify the output format from AVI WMV MPEG4 and WebM FLV Export as flash video HTML SlideShow Export the slides as HTML slideshow PDF Document Export as a PDF file Microsoft Word Export as MS Word file Microsoft Excel Export as MS Excel file Microsoft PowerPoint ie Se mb 9 H ab Export as Microsoft PowerPoint file Flash Simulation Export as Flash Simulation HTML5 Simulation a s Export as HTML5 Simulation LOCALIZE Tab Tool Default Icon Remarks Shortcut Replace Slide Provide four options to replace the slide Backgrounds backgrounds with the new ones as described below Menus Toolbars And Shortcuts gt EXPORT Tab 311 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Replace Slide Start replacing the backgrounds of all slides in Backgrounds gt
36. ultimate reference on all topics Demo The best way to learn any product is to watch as someone is actually using it The website provides some excellent demo videos Watch and learn Tutorials The website has a compilation of tutorials FAQ The website has a FAQ Frequently Asked Questions section where most frequently asked question are answered User forum The User Forum answers all your queries But it is always best to first check whether your query is already listed in the FAQ section If you have any features in mind you can also post a new feature request General The Multi tier Help System 29 ActivePresenter User Manual Email support If everything else fails you can send an email to the support team Version 5 5 Phone support For urgent support needs contact 844 3755 8373 General The Multi tier Help System 30 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Creating A New Project In this chapter we will see how to launch a new project Planning A Project You begin a project with certain deliverable items in mind Here are a few sample outcomes 1 Video Presentation group training demo teaser video kiosk based interactive mode Flash Banner for a website flash screen PDF Brochure handout for a lecture exhibition PowerPoint Presentation St d Xe TI E Learning Course for LMS Interactive training course with score management 6 Images Material to create fur
37. 28 Modified The rotation feature is not available when running the HTML5 output in IE7 and IE8 34 Modified Update names and descriptions of capture profiles 56 Modified The table of slide properties is moved to the Slide Properties section 59 New Add the Event tab for the Project Properties dialog 62 Added Add the Slide Properties section 66 New Object rotation What s New gt Customizing The Preferences 335 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 69 Modified Z orders and Selection pane 89 New The HTML5 JavaScript API 106 Modified Export To Video add H264 video codec add more audio bit rates FLV format Export To FLV is removed 171 New Allow editing cursor effects in recorded video the Cursor tab of Capture Profile Editor is simplified 221 New The Selection pane 223 Modified Timeline remove View All Object feature the Insert Freeze Frame Silence tool is superseded by Insert Time tool 233 New Organize multiple objects into a line in Timeline 243 New Change media playback speed 298 New Edit cursor effects in a recorded video 331 New The Customize Toolbar tab What s New gt Customizing The Preferences 336
38. 33 Volume 90 Speak e he Timing section allows you specify the exact start time and duration of selected CC line in millisecond e he Text To Speech section allows you to specify the properties for converting the text in selected CC line s to audio Objects Introduction To Objects 286 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Adjusting Closed Captions In The Slide If you have annotated the slide with shapes and zoom and pan your captions and TTS speech must refer to the feature that is being highlighted at that particular moment However this does not happen automatically There may be several sync problems e he CC may run into the subsequent scene which has no relation to what the CC is talking about e The converted audio may interfere with an audio embedded in the slide during capturing phase e The converted audio may overlap with TTS audio of other objects shapes for example e he converted audio may overlap with other stand alone audio video objects You will have to check the presentation for these problems and sort them out To synchronize the captions with your annotations go back to the slide and look at the Timeline Each caption appears in the Timeline as a separate bar Look at its relationship with the other objects in the Timeline and adjust the bars e Display each caption for adequate time so that your audience can read it comfortably So longer captions need more display time e lf you have
39. Create custom Word template to learn more about how to create a custom layout Image options Parameter Options Remarks in steps of 10 oize Range 10 to 150 The size is relative to canvas size selected at the beginning of the project you can check this out at any time by using the ACTIVEPRESENTER gt Project Exporting The Project gt Exporting To Microsoft Word Document 123 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Information menu option Note that ActivePresenter only works with logical size i e pixels However when displayed printed the physical size depends on pixels and the dpi dots per inch setting of the displaying printing device Color Depth True Colors 24 bit Higher color depth makes the presentation look stunning But it also increases the file size When the images are EE inserted in other files that file also will become large Grayscale 8 bit Format JPEG Due to their specs and compression algorithms JPEG is best suited for pictures while PNG is best suited for PNG computer generated images screenshots drawings Note that JPEG compression is lossy while PNG is lossless so PNG retains crystal clear quality but the downside of PNG is that it does not compress well with pictures very big file size and the decoding when viewing is slower than JPEG However screenshots are compressed better with PNG the file has small size and there is n
40. Exporting The Project Exporting To Microsoft Excel Worksheet 130 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Title ActivePresenter automatically generates this value from project name However you can enter a difference text Item Title opecify a title for the item ActivePresenter automatically generates this value from project name However you can enter a difference text Exporting The Project Exporting To Microsoft Excel Worksheet 131 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Exporting To Microsoft PowerPoint Presentation To export the project to Microsoft PowerPoint Presentation click EXPORT gt Microsoft PowerPoint 2 1 This has two tabs General and Advanced General Options General Advanced Rendering Options _ Include Objects Started by Event Only Export Active Window Area Layout Show Slide Name Full Screen Show Slide Description Use Matrve Objects Advance Slides Automatic se Image Size 100 Color Depth True Colors 24 bit Format PNG Optimization Level Mone Output Template Output File C Users Documents ActivePresenter Untitled PowerP Cancel Rendering options Option Remarks Include Objects Started by Event Only Export The exported area only includes the Active Window area and slide objects Active Exporting The Project gt Exporting To Microsoft PowerPoint Presentation 132 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 which are selected to expor
41. To HTML SlideShow 114 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 you can change it if needed Organization opecify a title for the organization which this item belongs to Title ActivePresenter automatically generates this value from project name However you can enter a difference text Item Title opecify a title for the item ActivePresenter automatically generates this value from project name However you can enter a difference text Exporting The Project Exporting To HTML SlideShow 115 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Exporting To Adobe PDF Document To export the project to Adobe PDF Document click EXPORT PDF Document Uu This has three tabs General options Advanced options SCORM related Text styles options General Options General Advanced Text Style Rendering Options Include Objects Started by Event Only Export Active Window Area Create Bookmarks Layout Slides Per Page One Description Page Onentation Landscape Image Size 10025 Color Depth True Colors 24 bit Format PNG Optimization Level None Output Output File Users Documents ActivePresenter Untitled PDPAUr Cancel The options are divided into four sections Rendering Options Include Objects Include Objects Started by Event Started by Event Create Bookmarks are created from slide names and each bookmark is linked to Bookmarks corresponding slide image In other words Ac
42. Toolbar to manage the styles The buttons work as follows Button Function ES Launches the Style Editor to compose a new base style ep Selects the styles that are unused in the current project mms J Removes the selected style from the Library Project storage area Ei Launches the Style Editor to edit the selected style 2 his section shows the styles The currently selected style has a dark blue border around it You can drag any style from here into the slide ActivePresenter creates a call out shape with the selected style For example in the following screenshot we have dragged the preset style used for Hint type messages into the slide This action has created a call out with the Hint style Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Resources Pane 220 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Fill Aqua Fill Blue Fill Violet Fill Pink Effect Red Effect Copper A Show styles in Library Project 4 lmages PB Audio amp gt Now you can right click on this call out and change it into any other shape The new shape will retain the style 3 You can choose between Library styles or Project styles Keep in mind that initially a new project does not have any internal styles till you add them Using The Selection Pane The Selection pane shows all objects in a given slide by theirs stacking orders z orders The Selection pane is hidden by
43. User Manual Version 5 5 Link resources with file size greater than x MB Allow pasting HTML text copied from other applications Auto Adjust annotation s width when importing XLIFF Warning about non ANSI path when exporting When you export your project there are some outputs that can not be opened or run properly if the file name contains non ANSI characters This option specifies whether ActivePresenter should ask you in such case or not Show dialog when converting shape s text to speech Should ActivePresenter display the dialog so you can make further changes to the TTS settings before converting Extend object duration to match the duration of generated audio When a resource is added to the Library or a project ActivePresenter creates a copy of the resource file and stores it in the Library or that project That ensure that even if you rename move or delete the original file the Library item will not be affected But if the original file is large storing it directly in the Library or project will consume more disk space than necessary severely reduce the performance and prone to errors that might corrupt the Library or project In that case ActivePresenter doesn t store the original file directly in the Library or project but maintains its own copy of the original file and creates a link in the Library or project which points to its own copy This parameter defines the threshold above which ActivePresenter will c
44. a slide drag it and drop to new position e ocopy cut paste delete slides use hotkeys or right click menu Editing A Project Advanced Editing 95 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 e loundo redo use hotkeys or buttons e lf you are not sure that a new slide is redundant or not use Move To Bottom function instead of deleting it e lf acertain step slide is required in the new language but not available in the original language use Copy To Left function e If you do not want to change a certain slide in the left for example the introduction slide use New Place Holder function 5 Click OK button on the Slide Background Replacer dialog to replace slide backgrounds Importing From XLIFF After translating text and replacing slide backgrounds you need to import the XLIFF file back to the project that its slide backgrounds are replaced ActivePresenter will replace current texts in your project with the corresponding texts in the translated XLIFF file 1 Open the project that has been replaced slide backgrounds 2 Click LOCALIZE Import From XLIFF and browse the translated XLIFF file for the project 3 Verify imported text on each slide adjust object position and size if necessary Hight TL o Left Language ActivePresenter 4 0 introduces a new property of project Project Language which allows you to create the content for right to left language whether it is supported in the user interface of Acti
45. animated GIF image ActivePresenter provides fourteen gesture effect types e Single Tap e Double Tap e Hold e Two Fingers Single Tap e Two Fingers Double Tap e Swipe Up e Swipe Right e Swipe Down e Swipe Left e Rotate Left e Rotate Right e Pinch In Objects gt Introduction To Objects 275 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 e Pinch Out e Fingers You can insert any gesture effect from the ANNOTATION gt Gesture Effects menu The Gesture Effect object doesn t have the rotation property Cursor Path This object represents the mouse movement and clicking anm e v Li a a D a a a In practice this object gets generated in two different ways e During the capture phase ActivePresenter records your mouse movements and converts them into such paths The figure above shows only one segment In real life ActivePresenter creates a complex path with multiple segments e During the edit phase you can edit the captured path or insert a new cursor path object by using the ANNOTATION gt Cursor path tool In general the idea is to add delete nodes in the path and to drag them to place them over buttons or other clickable objects in the canvas Optionally you can add click points where ActivePresenter produces the clicking sound in the rendered presentation Tip When you insert a Cursor Path object the whole object is selected so that you can move it to another position in the
46. at Playhead position in another slide e f no objects are selected in the source slide ActivePresenter will slice through all objects e f some objects are selected ActivePresenter will slice through only these selected objects Obviously if any object has no content inside the slice it won t be pasted Using The Join Command The Join command 9 joins the selected objects either audio or video You can join an audio object with other audio objects and a video object with other video objects You cannot join an audio object with a video object When you select audio video for joining here s how ActivePresenter handles the job 1 In the background ActivePresenter maintains four separate lists of selected audio video objects Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Timeline Pane 240 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 a Selected audio objects in current slide b Selected video objects in current slide c Selected audio objects that show over multiple slides d Selected video objects that show over multiple slides 2 Within each list ActivePresenter sorts the objects by their Start Time in ascending order o If two or more objects in each list have the same Start Time ActivePresenter sorts them by their Z Index in ascending order i e bottom up order in Timeline 3 For each list that contains at least two objects ActivePresenter joins the objects in the order of their sorting 4 The combined track
47. button to add an action In this way you can associate multiple actions with a given event e he button removes the selected action e fa given answer contains multiple actions the and buttons move the selected actions up and down in the stack within the answer For Multiple Response Question The Choice tab allows the user to select multiple options and optionally allocate different points for each option hoice Settings On Correct On Incorrect On Incomplete On Timeout Cancel The GUI works as follows 1 Enter the points to be earned For this option to work the Partial score check box must be cleared In that case the Points column below is removed To earn these points the user has to select all the correct answers and avoid selecting any of the wrong answers If he misses any of the right answers or selects any of the incorrect answers he will earn no points In other words this is all or nothing strategy Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 184 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 2 Placea tick against all correct answers There may be more than one correct answers If the user selects these options the action s defined in the On Correct tab will be executed If he selects the other options the action s defined in the On Incorrect tab will be executed 3 Partial scores This strategy allows the user to earn some points for each correct answer To
48. canvas If you want to change the shape of the path you will have to select its individual elements and drag To do so first click anywhere in the canvas This deselects the path Now click on any element of the path and drag When you add a Cursor Path object ActivePresenter inserts a Start point 1 an End point 2 and a dotted line 3 that represents the movement path of the pointer between these two points The dotted circles mark the end points these markers are useful because you may want to turn off Objects Introduction To Objects 276 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 the mouse pointer during some segments in which you need a handle and a positional reference to manipulate the path The line has green color at start which changes to red at the end point A red arrow also shows the direction of cursor movement The spacing between the dots indicate the speed of the cursor on screen Closely spaced dot means slower speeds Imagine the dots to be plotted at regular intervals of time so the faster the cursor moves across the screen the farther are the dots If the dots are too closely spaced the line appears as solid instead of dotted Note that a square denotes that Point 1 is selected at present This is more or less a straight line But you can add more points by clicking anywhere on the dotted red green line At this moment the pointer turns into a pencil After inserting any point you can drag that point to a ne
49. default interaction if any Version 5 5 default first interaction on current slide For example if there is a mouse click interaction on current slide the text can be generated to something like Click on XXX This is called auto annotation Refer to the Auto Annotation tab to understand how it works AutoFit Text Automatically enlarges the outline of the shape till the text fits inside the shape Change text Launches the Text Editor window and allows you to enter a message in HTML format Change shape Lets you change the shape for the element Change style Style is the combination of attributes for fill area outline shadow and text Transition Allows you to select the following effects 1 The effect and duration of the entry of the object in the slide when rendered 2 The effect and duration of the exit of the object in the slide when rendered Preferred size width height Set the default width and height Timing duration in ms oets the default timing for the element as shown on the Timeline If the duration is set to 1 the object will be displayed till the end of the slide If the duration of the slide is changed for any reason the object s duration will be automatically adjusted Show in mode State whether to show this element in the four modes Demonstration Tutorial Practice and Test Select one or more modes Group 2 Elements The follow
50. does not evaluate correctness of user response each time he she drops a drag source but when he she clicks the Submit button However the evaluation for acceptance still takes place on each drop target every time it receives a dropped source Editing A Project gt Advanced Editing 87 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Polyjon Matching aspere sp For more information about this type of object see the Drag n Drop Question and the Event Editor sections in the Appendix Drag Drop Connector e To map a drag source to the correct drop target select the drag source Drag the marker appears at the center of the drag source to the correct drop target m e To remove a correct drag drop map click the connector to select then delete it by using hotkey default is Delete key or menu toolbar e To map an already mapped drag source to another drop target drag the head of the connector arrow to the new drop target e A drop target that is not an element of a Drag n Drop Question will be converted to a Drop Area automatically when users specify the correct drag source for it e You can also define correct drag source drop target pairs in the Event Editor of Drop Area the Accepted Drag Sources tab and Drag n Drop Question the Answer tab object e One drag source can be mapped to multiple drop targets When taking the output Editing A Project Advanced Editing 88 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5
51. est coul Minimize R duire Hide Slide List Cacher la liste de diapositrves Microsoft Silverlight is re play this content properfy Microsoft Silverlight est r ce contenu correctement Mo requirements Pas d exigences At least 0 correct answers required Au moins 0 r ponses correctes requises Finish Finir Previous Slide Diapositive pr c dente First Slide Premiere diapositive Tutorial mode The editor provides following 1 This displays the language of opening project You can change the Project Language in the Project Properties dialog 2 The Name column displays the texts in the current user interface language of ActivePresenter so you can know their original meanings 3 he Value column displays the texts in the language which is set in Project Language if it is supported You can modify the texts in this column by double clicking in each row 4 The Reset button allows you to restore the original translation of texts The following screenshot shows how these texts are displayed in the HTML5 Simulation output Using ActivePresenter Windows Using Output Language Editor 247 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 co file c Users Documents ActreePresenter Untitled HTMLS tutarial html autafitz true m F File Home Share View A Cut X f Mi Copy path Es Move Copy Delete Rename a Paste shortcut to Clipboard Organize f A k WEB APPS MI L1 CE AJAX index Ke Favorit
52. extend the host track s duration To remove the freeze frame from its host track Wr wen Bis Ina Ix TITTETE Biet click on it and drag it downward out of the yt Time Bar of the host track Keep dragging till d the annotation turns gray and then release the LMB The annotation e the pause will Click Drag Release disappear and the duration of the host track will be reduced by the duration of the pause So why don t we simply split the track and shift the latter part to achieve the same end result Well there are two benefits of using a Freeze frame control a It is easier to remove to reverse its effect and b It does not create extra resources by splitting the original object Let us see how the Freeze frame control affects the audio and video tracks Pausing A Video Track Freezing The Scene When the slide is played in preview mode or exported the host video is paused for the duration of the Freeze frame control s duration However the other objects in the slide are played normally Now why should we want to do this in the first place Well sometimes a video contains a significant scene which lasts only for a few seconds The scene is over even before your audience has the time to absorb the important clues If this were a live lecture you would pause the video and explain various parts of the frozen scene to your audience But what to do if this is a self running video This is where the Freeze frame is
53. handle of the object on the Canvas pane 2 Select the object then change the Rotation property in the Transform section in the Properties pane Rotation handle Note that due to the limitation of Internet Explorer 7 and Internet Explorer 8 the rotation property of objects will be ignored when viewing the HTML5 output on these browsers Aligning Objects With Each Other Snapping ActivePresenter has a snap mode for the Canvas pane You can toggle this mode by using the VIEW Canvas snapping When this mode is turned on when the dragged object or group of objects come close to an edge ActivePresenter shows an orange line connecting the dragged object group and the target object The dragged object group will also make a tiny jump to align itself with this orange line Editing A Project Editing A Slide 66 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 If you drop the object group it aligns perfectly with the reference edge You may also choose to continue dragging the object group In the following example the green diamond B is being dragged We will see what happens when it comes in the vicinity of the yellow rectangle A As shown below when the diamond comes close to the rectangle ActivePresenter shows an orange line and snaps the diamond to it Vertical guide Horizontal guide Twin guides Once the objects snap to a guiding line you can slide the dragged object along this line Despite small shakes of your h
54. highlight rectangles of drag source and drop target and the connection between them Canvas Snapping e Enable disable snapping in the Canvas panes Timeline Snapping Enable disable snapping in the Timeline panes First Slide Go to the first slide Previous Slide Go to the previous slide Next Slide Go to the next slide Last Slide Go to the last slide opecified Slide Ctrl G Go to the specified slide Zoom Set the zoom level for the Canvas panes Zoom Fit Adjust the zoom level automatically to fit the Canvas to the available space Language Choose the language of the GUI SS Kkj O 4 XE ov oA E jja HELP Tab Tool Default Icon Remarks Shortcut Menus Toolbars And Shortcuts HELP Tab 313 ActivePresenter User Manual Help Contents F1 Version 5 5 Launch this help file Product Homepage Launch the default browser and take you to the homepage for ActivePresenter Support Center Launch the default browser and take you to the user forum FAQ Purchase A License qf Oe 2 a Launch the default browser and take you to the store to buy ActivePresenter Standard or Professional edition This tool is only available if you are using the Free edition Activate Product Enter the license information to activate the product i e convert Free edition to Standard or Professional edition This tool is only available if you are usi
55. in minutes and waits for the answer Interaction This is the speed milliseconds for flashing blinking the interaction object for flashing attracting viewer attention Generate Select this option to generate the HTML index page which contains the entries Index Page to open all selected modes Edit Output ActivePresenter provides ready translated texts for output name of elements of Language toolbar and messages for all supported languages If you want to modify the translation or add the support for your language click Edit Output Language button to open Output Language Editor The Output Language option in ActivePresenter 3 x or older is now obsoleted That means you can not specify the language for the output but the Project Language will be used for output Image Options Parameter Options Remarks Size The size is relative to canvas size selected at the beginning of the project you can check this out at any time by using the ACTIVEPRESENTER gt Project Information menu option Range 10 to 150 in steps of 10 Note that ActivePresenter only works with logical size i e pixels However when displayed printed the ohysical size depends on pixels and the dpi dots per inch setting of the displaying printing device Color Depth True Colors 24 bit Higher color depth makes the presentation look 256 Colors 8 bit stunning But it also increases the file size When the images are i
56. in the On incomplete tab are executed which typically is to display the On incomplete response 6 Apart from this primary behavior the object also has secondary behaviors To set up all behaviors of the object double click on the Target area This launches Event Editor with the object s current settings in the following tabs Choice Settings On Correct On Incorrect On Incomplete and On Timeout You have to set up the behavior of each button separately Double click on the button to launch Event Editor with the button s current settings in the following tabs On Click On Rollover and On Rollout Question Essay The Essay type Question is an interactive object This object should only be used for taking a survey from users not for assessment We cannot expect that a descriptive answer will match the stored model answer exactly Currently ActivePresenter doesn t support survey question explicitly but you can create a survey question by leaving blank the Value On Correct and On Incorrect tabs By default it consists of seven separate elements as shown below Objects gt Introduction To Objects 265 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Type the question here However you have the option to add a Hint message and three buttons Clear Skip and Back which function as follows Clear Clear all user input on the question e g make text fields empty uncheck radio button check box Skip Go to the n
57. include visually impaired people The presentation will need Closed Caption and longer duration slides 8 Is it meant for international audiences The text and Closed captions will need to be translated later called nternationalization You may also have to dub the audio tracks in the other language 9 Will you need a background for your slides Corporate logo in a corner Borders in corporate colors Make a note of these settings and use them in the next steps Prepare An Outline And Storyboard Prepare the outline for your presentation First think of only the top level topics and make a bullet list like this e Point 1 e Point 2 e Point 3 Next break down each topic into sub topics Repeat till you have visualized the project in sufficient details This will create a hierarchical outline for your presentation like this e Point 1 o Point 1 1 Point 1 1 1 e Point 1 1 1 1 e Point 1 1 1 2 e Point 1 1 1 3 Point 1 1 2 o Point 1 2 e Point 2 o Point 2 1 Point 2 1 1 Point 2 1 2 o Point 2 2 e Point 3 Tip Initially when you are marshaling your thoughts on the subject you will change your mind very rapidly This means you need to amend your outline rapidly without creating a mess For best results use Microsoft PowerPoint or LibreOffice Impress in outline mode This allows you to move the topics up down insert new topics in the list delete them edit the text etc This top down method
58. is assigned to the first object in the list All the other objects in the list are deleted 5 If any of the tracks has effects applied to it e g freeze frame silence volume change they are burned in before joining it with the other resources 6 If the source audio video resource is logical that is created by any of the following operations Cut Crop Delete Paste Join Split Insert Freeze Frame Silence or Adjust Volume and not used by any object it will be deleted from the Resource pane If it is a physical resource or is used by any object it still shows in the Resource Pane In addition the newly joined track also is added to the Resource Pane 7 The original audio video objects may not have identical properties e g height width aspect ratio resolution fps bit rate ActivePresenter solves this problem by using all parameters of the first resource for its output Within a project the resources are joined only virtually The actual joining of the objects takes place only when the presentation is exported rendered at which time ActivePresenter converts all objects from their respective formats into the desired format and joins them directly Using The Adjust Volume Control If the slide has multiple concurrent audio tracks you will have to ensure that only one of those tracks is dominant at any time and the other tracks are either muted or with lowered volumes This balance keeps changing In other parts of th
59. is farther away from the end point Compare figures 1 4 2 5 and 3 6 To replace the original pointer with other shapes double click on any end point ActivePresenter pops up a cursor selector window _ tet bebe None l windows 7 2 windows 3 windows 4 windows oie fede i 5 windows 6O windows window amp windows D windows Show images in e Library L e j Project Cancel Make sure that Library option is selected at the bottom the project is not likely to have any shape resources Select any shape pointer and press OK In the following example we have added a few points to the original line and also changed the cursor for each of those interim points When rendered this line will keep changing the cursor shape along the way Objects Introduction To Objects 278 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Also note how graceful the movement is thanks to use of four control points Now let us manipulate the same cursor movement in time The following screenshot shows the actual movement on the screen and corresponding Timeline Objects Introduction To Objects 279 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 view ul u inu u kb bua Lj lt Timeline The screenshot shows the 3 segment with four instants 1 4 marked on both the canvas and
60. limit ActivePresenter automatically extends that slide s duration to display all objects Transition None This is the visual effect when the presentation enters this slide Select from None Fade In Fly In and Wipe Background Set the background image and the background color of slide Background None Slide background in ActivePresenter is mainly used for the image of Image a step where to click what key is pressed in interactions chain when creating software tutorials A background image can also be used for other purposes such as show a corporate logo throughout the presentation set different backgrounds for different segments subjects of the presentation show a theme etc Click button to edit the background image Background 0 0 0 0 There are four parameters here Position 1 x offset from top left corner default 0 2 y Offset from top left corner default 0 3 Width of the background image 4 Height of the background image Changing the width and height scales the original image Background Project s The part of canvas that is not occupied by the background image Color settings takes this color By default all slides of a project has the same color But you can change the background color of any slide Click and select from the available palette of colors Accessibility Define properties that make the slide accessible by viewer with disabilities when viewing the project output Auto Label If this property is selected accessibility
61. mode a floating green rectangle shows the capture area The fancy cross hair in the middle is just a visual reminder that this is a target seeker window ActivePresenter will capture only the screen enclosed in this frame and ignore the rest of the screen You can drag this rectangle around and re size it as desired by dragging on its handles the tiny gray squares on its border Creating A New Project Creating A Capture Project 36 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 You can specify an arbitrary size to capture by entering the width and height consequently into Size spin boxes You can also quickly set the capture size by using the Preset sizes button the down arrow next to Size spin boxes The Preset sizes button offers some most popular video sizes You can also add your preferred sizes to the list of preset sizes The Lock to application check box allows you to select a running application window listed in the underneath box to snap into the capture area The Change Lock Mode button next to the list of applications box provides two options to define the snap behavior The Fit To Application option will resize the capture area to fit into the window of application when the application is selected The Fit To Boundary option will resize the window of application to fit into the capture area when the application is selected 2 The Full Screen option provides a quick way to select the entire screen to capture This mode allows y
62. mouse click interactions to slide e Open its Event Editor select On Correct tab remove all current actions and add a Go Forward Go Backward or Go to Slide action e f you want to add hot keys you can also insert and use key stroke interaction Advanced Editing Making The Project Interactive In ActivePresenter you can make your projects interactive by using various types of Interactive Objects They are special objects designed to respond to user inputs in a predefined manner Users can interact with them using a keyboard mouse or other input devices For any of these objects you can specify trigger conditions e g when the mouse rolls over this shape and specify what actions should be taken for that trigger condition e g display the hint message You can also control the way that users interact with an interactive object by customizing its settings e Attempts specify the number of times a user can interact with the object before it becomes unresponsive e Pause specify whether the presentation pauses for user response e Timeout specify the time limit for user response How Interactive Objects Behave The following chart shows the trigger conditions for each interactive object A trigger condition is the user s action that causes a pre programmed response from the object Trigger conditions S O A O 9 9 O O o o lt CH Oo o y 5 D o 3 o gt zi O O Jj zo o Z4
63. page Exporting The Project gt Exporting To Microsoft Excel Worksheet 127 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Contiguous option Layout options Option Remarks olides per One Single slide per page page Two Two slides per page top bottom Contiguous The slides are written contiguously in a page until there is not enough space then it will move to the next page Compact In this mode only the screen of first slide in each group is exported For the following slides ActivePresenter exports only the slide name and slide description Description olide description None No description exported Choose on which side of the slide the description has to be placed Top Left Right or Bottom Page Choose from landscape and portrait orientation The page size is fixed A4 ActivePresenter uses fixed margins of 1 2 54 cm on all sides Use Native Use Microsoft Excel auto shapes images text boxes and text for Objects representing slide objects Otherwise each object is exported as an image Using native objects will allow editing the shapes directly within MS Excel later once exported Otherwise slide objects are exported as images so it is almost impossible to edit exported document later Image options Parameter Options Remarks oize Range 10 to 150 The size is relative to canvas size selected at the beginning of the project you can check this out a
64. production Export Save the current Library and Configuration of ActivePresenter to a file This file can be imported later into ActivePresenter may be on other computer All the audio video images in Library are exported The following settings in Configuration are exported e Settings in Interactions and Annotations tabs of the Preferences dialog e Settings in Auto Annotation Text tab of the Preferences dialog e The translation in Output Language Editor which is used in HTML5 Flash Simulation e he Capture Profiles Import Import the Library and Configuration of ActivePresenter from a file For the list of items will be imported see the Export section The Interaction Tab As described earlier you can set properties of all the objects in the nteraction tab and the Annotation tab The Interaction Tab deals with only the interactive type parts of the objects Customizing ActivePresenter gt Customizing The Preferences 320 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 When you select an element from the list at left 1 its settings are shown on the right 2 These elements have similar properties but you can set their values independently for each type of element General Interaction Annotation Auto Annotation Text Hotkeys Miscellaneous Tabbed Toolbar Mouse Click IT Text Text Box Key Stroke Mouse Hover Button Question Drop Area Change Shape Radio Button Checkbox Prefe
65. project You cannot set a different visual attribute for each CC object In other words if you change the style of the CC on one slide it will be applied to the CC in all other slides of that project 6 Usually a CC line is also converted into speech When converted all lines of a CC object produce a combined single audio object Objects Introduction To Objects 285 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 To add a CC line to slide you can follow below steps e Place the playhead in Timeline at the timestamp that you want to add the CC line If the timestamp is not specified ActivePresenter will append the new CC line to the end of all CC lines e Click the ANNOTATION gt Closed Caption tool 5 in the Tabbed Toolbar or click the Insert Caption tool S3 in Timeline You can also select multiple CC lines and press the Delete key to remove them from slide To edit the text of a CC line you can to follow below steps e Place the playhead at the timestamp that the CC line is displayed in Timeline 1 e Click the object in Canvas to start the editing 2 d mt g t a ef ffbkareon omg 0 00 0 01 0 02 Nim E 0 05 0 06 0 07 0 08 0 09 0 10 0 11 0 12 m A In Timeline you can also select one or multiple CC lines the Caption page will be shown in the Properties pane 4 Caption Timing Start Time ms 0 Duration ms 13500 E Text To Speech Voice Microsoft Zira Desktop English United v Speed
66. recording video ActivePresenter will automatically place a key frame every X frames When you change the frame rate ActivePresenter automatically adjusts this setting so that the video will have exactly one key frame every four seconds But you can manually change this rate Key frames are full frames that video player can jump directly to a higher value results in a little bit smaller video size but will make seeking less accurate Also in case of corruption lesser number of frames are lost because the key frames are spaced closer As a compromise the 4 400 range is used Quality When you select one of the lossy codecs ActivePresenter allows you to select a quality level between 1 min and 100 max The higher the number you select the better is the video quality and the larger is the file size Audio Settings This section contains three options to balance between the audio quality and storage size Option Remarks Audio Codec ActivePresenter offers a choice of three audio codecs 1 16 bit PCM lossless 2 Vorbis lossy 3 MP3 lossy When the 16 bit PCM is selected ActivePresenter uses the lossless algorithm Using ActivePresenter Windows gt Using The Capture Profile Editor 169 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 in encoding to preserve the quality But when you select the Vorbis or MP3 codec ActivePresenter use the lossy algorithm in encoding resulting in red
67. report_file fopen report txt a if report_file fwrite report_file report separate this report from others fwrite report_file n n n n fclose report_file j j E Exporting The Project Reporting Options 158 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Other Uses Of ActivePresenter o0 far we have seen how to use ActivePresenter for presentations of various types images documents videos and interactive learning courses with scoring facility But ActivePresenter can also be used for many other purposes 1 Image editor Image format converter ocreenshot software Audio video editor trimming cutting splicing joining adding titles SH Z Set qw Text to speech TTS generator 6 Image Audio video format converter ActivePresenter cannot edit the object directly like a dedicated software You have to first insert the object in a new existing project and then edit it This main editing process is very similar to the process flow in a dedicated software Once you have finished editing the object you can close the host project without saving it Let us see each function in more detail ActivePresenter As Image Editor You can edit and or annotate an image with ActivePresenter While ActivePresenter is not as powerful as GIMP or InkScape you can do a lot with it Actually ActivePresenter has a built in Image Editor but it is not accessible directly So you have insert the image in a new p
68. saves it to the Library file See above It creates a resource entry that points to this imported content This entry has a name and that name is used to refer to a resource in the library If the file size is bigger than a pre defined value in Preferences ActivePresenter does not store file content directly in the Library file but maintains its own local copy of the imported file in an external data folder By default this limit is 50 MB but you can freely adjust it any time in Preferences The external data folder has name in form lt ProjectFile gt _files You should copy this folder or update its name when copying or renaming the project file The original file leads an independent life If you rename or delete it the copy in the Library will not be affected When you use a library resource in any project ActivePresenter only creates a link with its file That means if the resource file is modified in a future version of ActivePresenter all projects using it will use the modified resource automatically Annotation Just recording a screen is not enough as a training resource You also have to add some explanatory elements Objects to the video Adding these objects to the original screen recording is called annotation You have the option to insert annotations at two stages 1 Annotation during capture phase In a typical capture project you would be interacting with the target application by clicking on its menus and butt
69. simulation users can drag the source to one of the targets e Multiple drag sources can be mapped to one drop target When taking the output simulation o If the drop target is a Drop Area users can drag one of the sources to the Drop Area o If the drop target is an element of a Drag n Drop Question users must drag all of the sources to the drop target Tips for Creating Drag and Drop Interactions e f you want to assess learner response instantly when they drop a drag source and you need only one drop target use Drop Area interaction Otherwise Drag n Drop Question is suitable for your needs e You should insert all objects before converting them to drag sources drop targets and mapping them It will reduce your editing time because ActivePresenter allows editing multiple objects at once In case of Drag n Drop Question please note that you must insert objects Shapes Images into the question by using the floating toolbar on the right of the question e You should rename drag sources drop targets to meaningful names before mapping them It will help you to identify them easily in the Event Editor window e Incase of Drop Area please ensure that drag sources do not start exiting before the Drop Area pauses for leaner response You can view and adjust their timing properties in the Timeline pane e lf you use Shapes as drag sources drop targets and you want to change them to other shapes select them then click FORMAT
70. sounds which correspond to the clicking sound associated with a Left click a Right click and a Left double click You can use another sound to create a clicking sound e The button lets you select a sound from the library e The button lets you delete the current selection e The P button lets you play the currently selected sound Click effect This section show three different effects which correspond to the clicking effect associated with a Left click a Right click and a Left double click You can select none circle concentric circles or rectangle effect type For each effect other than none you can also customize effect color opacity and size Customizing ActivePresenter gt Customizing The Preferences 328 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 The Auto Annotation Text Tab General Interaction Annotation Auto Annotation Text Hotkeys Miscellaneous Tabbed Toolbar Mo Name Value Select 8name type Select Sname type Click an name Stype Click on Sname type Click on name Click on name Left click here Left click here Double click on name type Double click on Sname type ce Double click on namel Double click on Sname Double click here Double click here Right click on name type Right click on name type Right click on name Right click on name Fight click here Right click here Press Svalue Press
71. text will be generated automatically from the slide name and slide description Name Accessibility name of the slide Screen reader will read this text aloud when the slide appears Description This provide more information about the slide Screen reader will read this text aloud when the slide appears after reading the accessibility name Event The JavaScript code which is executed when loading the slide Editing A Project Editing A Slide 64 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Inserting Objects ActivePresenter allows you to annotate the slide by adding a large variety of objects Appendix Objects provides the details of each type of object and how to use it Arranging The Objects After inserting the objects in a slide you will have to arrange them in some logical manner For example you may want to create a flowchart out of shapes and arrows Or add annotations to a captured video see examples below Flowchart Annotations This is achieved by moving the objects around in the canvas and placing them exactly where you want For example in the examples above want all shapes in my flowchart to be centered on a vertical line want to place a red circle around a minaret of the Taj and a call out to point at the dome of the Taj You may also have to place some objects overlapping over others typically all annotations overlap on a video or image Although this free placement generally works you will ofte
72. that a large number is not actually useful Instead cultivate the habit of storing the project files in a hierarchical folder system so that you can retrieve any project fast Clear list button ActivePresenter will forget the actual list of recently opened projects Canvas background color Use this to change the color of the canvas background Click on the button to see a palette of colors Select any desired color Please note that this will only affect the canvas inside ActivePresenter editor it does not affect your projects at all If you want to change the default background color for all slides in an opening project go to ACTIVEPRESENTER gt Project Information gt Background Color Show disabled features Controls whether ActivePresenter will show menu and toolbar items for features which is not available in the edition you are using For example you can choose to hide most of the items on Export tab if you are using a Free edition Show UAC elevating message on start up In order to be able to capture applications which were run as Administrator ActivePresenter will also need Administrator privilege On recent versions of Windows that have UAC http en wikipedia org wiki User_Account_Control enabled ActivePresenter will notify you on start up that it need to be elevated to capture those applications However if you just need to capture applications with normal privilege this is the most common case
73. the answer here Type the answer here Type the answer here e s T However you have the option to add remove answers add a Hint message and three buttons Clear Skip and Back which function as follows Clear Clear all user input on the question e g make text fields empty uncheck radio button check box Skip Go to the next slide Objects gt Introduction To Objects 264 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Back Go to the previous slide Submit Get user input evaluate and execute suitable actions User can change these default behaviors by editing On Click actions of these buttons from the Event Editor window Select the question then double click the button to launch the Event Editor In the rendered presentation the object functions as follows Only the question 2 the answer options 3 and the Submit button 7 are displayed The user is expected to click one or more check boxes When the user responds the presentation compares the answer with the reference answer which is previously defined by the author e lf the answer is correct the actions defined in On correct tab are taken which typically is to display the On correct response 4 e lf the answer is incorrect the actions defined in On incorrect tab are taken which typically is to display the On incorrect response 5 e lf the user tries to leave the answer incomplete the actions defined
74. the program window is the Tabbed Toolbar This contains almost necessary tools for editing the content The tools are organized in logical groups which are collected together under tabs Each tab relates to a type of activity such as adding the interactions or exporting the project to outputs The HOME tab contains most common operations meanwhile the FORMAT tab only shown when the slide object is selected to reduce clutter The FORMAT tab is called a context tab You can find more information about tabs and tools in the Menus Toolbars And Shortcuts section a The ACTIVEPRESENTER button General Overview Of ActivePresenter 23 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 ACTIVEPRESENTER HOME SLIDE AMNOTATION BX IL B LI Paste EA Copy Blank Capture Slides Slide Slides From At the top left of the program window is the ActivePresenter button When you click this button the ActivePresenter Main Menu is shown providing all common file operations the configuration options and the list of recent files as below Create Project Blank Project New Capture Ctrl O Ctrl 5 Save As Close Project Properties oJ eJ Project Settings Shrink Project Recent Projects d ry Preferences Exit Note In this User Manual the short form like ACTIVEPRESENTER Save means Click the ACTIVEPRESENTER button then click Save General gt Overview Of ActivePresenter 24
75. useful It allows you to pause a video for the duration of its time bar You can extend this pause as long as you want and add a commentary track or annotations to analyze the frozen video frame Closed Caption 3 Shape 4 e Shape 3 e Commentary E Video 2 A In the above example the video in Video2 object is frozen and an audio commentary is introduced in the paused duration During this time two annotation shapes are also displayed on the screen and two closed caption lines appear While the video is paused all these other objects are played normally Note that you can insert any number of Freeze frame controls in a video clip This allows you to pause the video any number of times and explain those frames to your viewers Pausing An Audio Track Inserting Silence When a Freeze frame control is inserted in an audio track it inserts an interval of silence Objects Introduction To Objects 300 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 When the slide is played in preview mode or exported the host audio clip is paused for the duration of the Freeze frame control s duration However the other objects in the slide are played normally Normally you would apply this effect only to a significant audio track that needs to be synchronized with the visual part of the presentation for example you would not need it for a background music track A typical example is to re sync a stand alone commentary track with the rest of the
76. v Line Spacing 1 5 v Text Color NEN Slide Description Font Size pt 12 LineSpacing 1 5 v TetColo MEE The font size text color and line spacing are controlled for three different parts of the slides 1 Group Title It is printed before any slide group Please note that the group title will only be exported in Compact mode 2 Slide name As entered in the Slide Titles pane 3 Slide Description Exporting The Project gt Exporting To Adobe PDF Document 121 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Exporting To Microsoft Word Document To export the project to Microsoft Word Document click EXPORT gt Microsoft Word e There are two tabs 1 General 2 Advanced General Options General Advanced Rendering Options Include Objects Started by Event Only Export Active Window Area Create Table of Contents Layout Slides Per Page One Description Page Orientation Landscape Use Native Objects _ Use Template Layout Image Size 100 Color Depth True Colors 24 bit Format PNG Optimization Level None Output Template Output File CA Users Documents Active resente Untitled Word Untitled c Rendering Options Option Remarks Include Objects Include Objects Started by Event otarted by Event Exporting The Project Exporting To Microsoft Word Document 122 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Create Table of Contents Only Export Active Window Are
77. video for demonstration with highes Capture Type _ Smart Capture Capture screenshots whenever you type or click Automatically use Full Motion Recording for Drag and Drop Actions Mouse Wheel Actions amp Full Motion Recording Record the screen like a video camera Automatic Panning Make Capture Window Follow Mouse Cursor Panning Speed 30 pixels Cancel Version 5 5 It has three sections Capture Profile Capture Type and Automatic Panning These are explained below Capture Profile This section records the name and description for the profile Parameter Remarks Profile Name The name must be indicative of the end purpose of the project Description Describe the end purpose and your strategy for the project Note that each different end purpose calls for a different project settings and also different approaches for capturing annotation and interaction The end purpose will also affect the format of the video and or documentation Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Capture Profile Editor 165 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Capture Type Here choose between two main capture modes Smart Capture and Full Motion Recording FMR e he FMR mode is like recording a movie with a fixed rate of frames per second It does not respond to any mouse keyboard inputs Therefore there are no further choices in this mode e f you choose the Smart Capture mode Act
78. want are already available in other ActivePresenter projects All you need to Editing A Project gt Project Level Editing 57 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 do is to copy those slides and paste them to the current project at the appropriate places Here is the procedure 1 While the current project is opening open the other donor project 2 Now select desired slides from the other project and press CTRL C or use the HOME gt Copy tool This places the selected slides into the clipboard You can select multiple slides by using SHIFT Click and or CTRL Click 3 Now switch to the home project and in its Slides pane click on the slide after which you want to paste the copied slides 4 Press CTRL V or use the HOME gt Paste tool This pastes the slide after the current slide in the home project along with objects background slide properties and all resources that are referenced by the source slide and its objects Note that the imported slides and their objects always keep their original sizes and positions they are not rescaled to match the home project If the donor project and the home project do not have the same canvas size and or resolution some imported objects may lie outside the slide canvas Therefore always check all imported slides and edit them as necessary Repeat steps 2 4 for other slides Close the donor project Repeat this with other donor projects to import more slides from them Inser
79. when the user drops the Hexagon to suggest that the Regular Hexagon is more suitable 5 These buttons are used to add remove order the actions for each accepted drag source You cannot change the order of the accepted drag sources simply because they need not be in a particular and they are displayed here based on their z index e Click in the cell in the Actions column first and then click on the P button to add an action In this way you can associate multiple actions with a given drag source e Select actions and click on the button to removes them e lfagiven drag source contains multiple actions the f and buttons move the selected actions up and down The Answer Tab for Drag n Drop Question This tab defines correct answer for the Drag n Drop Question The answer consists of multiple drag source drop target pairs It also defines overall score for the question or partial score for each drag source drop target pair Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 188 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Answer Settings On Correct On Incorrect On Incomplete On Timeout Partial score Drag Source Drop Target Points Triangle Triangle Placeholder Diamond Diamond Placeholder Pentagon Pentagon Placeholder Hexagon Hexagon Placeholder Cancel The UI works as follows 1 Specify the Points for the question For this option to work the Partial score check box mus
80. 5 0 4 Using The Range Edit Commands d NT g dm The Timeline pane has four Range edit commands e that work only when a range is defined first Let us understand their working with a few examples in which we will use each command in two different circumstances a when none of the objects are selected and b when some objects are selected Each set has three screenshots 1 The original objects 2 result when none of the objects are selected and 3 result when some objects are selected Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Timeline Pane 235 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 The Cut Command The Cut command places the cut contents on the clipboard You can paste that content in a new slide The following example shows the effect of the Cut command when no objects are selected in the slide _ The original slide Shape 6 SS m Shape 5 a ff Shape 4 amp of Shape 3 SS GI Shape 2 SS p Shape 1 SS GI No object selected The slide and all objects are edited The entire slice of the range with the parts of objects enclosed in it is cut away Thus the slide duration is reduced by the duration of Cut Delete No objects selected the range If an object spans on both sides of the range its remaining parts are joined e g Shape 1 Shape 4 was deleted because it was completely inside the range When some objects in the slides are selected the command
81. Creating A New Project gt Creating A Capture Project 37 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 capturing screen If ActivePresenter cannot detect the way to record the system audio on your computer this check box will be disabled Note that on Windows Vista or later the system audio and audio recorded from selected device in Device box are independent from each other so you can see two audio objects in recorded project While in Windows XP they are dependent so there is only one audio object in recorded project You may also wonder why there is no volume slider for system audio There are some reasons for that The volume of system audio can be changed easily by clicking the sound icon on the very right of the taskbar so we did not add it to avoid flooding the user interface In additional you can always change the volume of recorded audio in the editor by using the Adjust Volume tool in Timeline The Start Capture and More Options Section E Audio amp Video Settings Calibrate Audio Input Show Recording Toolbar The Start Capture button is a big button with the red color Click on this button to start a capture Session The More Options button provides the following options 1 Select Audio amp Video Settings to launch the Capture Profile Editor where you can change the settings for audio and video 2 Select Calibrate Audio Input to open the Calibrate Audio Input dialog which allows you to turn the audio in
82. Cursor Display the cursor highlight effect click effects and play the click sounds when playing this video Cursor Highlight Additional content which is drawn around the cursor to highlight it Objects Introduction To Objects 298 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Highlight Type of highlight effect You can select from None Circle and Square Size Size of highlight effect It is the radius of the circle in the Circle highlight or half size of the width of the square in the Square highlight Color The color which is used to draw the highlight Opacity The opacity which is used to draw the highlight Click Effects Play a sound and render an animation when the mouse is clicked You can customize the Left Click Effects Right Click Effects and Left Double Click effects separately Click Sound The sound which is played when a mouse button is pressed Click Effects The animation effects which is rendered when a mouse button is pressed You can select from None Circle Concentric Circles and Square Size Size of click effect Color The color which is used to draw the click effect Opacity The opacity which is used to draw the click effect Freeze Frame The Freeze frame control works on both audio and video objects as described below e Ifthe selected track is a video track the effect is to pause the video for any desired period e Ifthe sel
83. Edit the track using the Range Edit commands Insert silence of any duration you want Adjust the volume of the track between any selected moments qe e Join the track with other audio tracks 4 Right click on the icon in the Canvas pane or its time bar in the Timeline pane From the context menu that appears select the Export To File option If you had split the audio track in Step 3 you can save any or all of those parts individually 5 Close the project without saving ActivePresenter As TTS Generator This is a five step process 1 Open a project of any type or open an existing project Don t worry about its parameters because the project will not be changed in any way select the ANNOTATION gt Audio gt Create New menu option In the Audio window that pops up type some text or copy from another document in its Text To Speech section at bottom and press the Generate button This converts the text to speech and inserts a new audio track in the slide 4 Right click on the icon in the Canvas pane or its time bar in the Timeline pane From the context menu that appears select the Export To File option 5 Close the project without saving ActivePresenter As Video Editor This is a five step process 1 Open a project of any type or open an existing project Don t worry about its parameters because the project will not be changed in any way 2 Click on the ANNOTATION gt Video too
84. Editing A Slide 68 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 setting The Z Order Of Objects Imagine the slide canvas to be a horizontal surface like a table top where all the objects are placed one by one When we place any object it covers all the previously added objects if they happen to lie under it partly or fully This vertical order of object placement is called z order named after the z axis which is pointed at the viewer in this virtual 3D world We can avoid overlapping of objects by spreading out the objects in the slide However sometimes we actually want to place the objects with partial full overlap to create some special effects We may even apply shadows on some objects to stress that they are on top of the other objects sometimes it is difficult to gauge which object is at the top especially when they are not overlapping Just keep in mind that the Selection pane always lists the objects by their order in the stack In the example above the diamond is at the top of the stack and so the Selection pane puts it at the top of the list The Cross is at the bottom of the stack so the Selection pane lists it last This fact will help you in assessing the z order of objects even when they are not placed overlapping To access the Z Order tools Editing A Project Editing A Slide 69 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 1 Select the objects in the Canvas or Selection or Timeline pane click on
85. Flash Simulation 147 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Black Ocean Silver ii o du o EB es i ECCL i Standard First select any one of the main options and then click on the Settings button The Template Parameters window opens Presets I uge SlideList Position none SlideList Width 220 Initial Volume 80 Initial CC State hidden Position of slidelist window Show All Exporting The Project Exporting To Flash Simulation 148 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 The window does not show a preview of the project itself This window works as follows 1 This drop down list offers further presets within the selected template type The Custom option allows you to customize all settings and save it as a preset From now on the newly defined preset will be available to you from the Preset drop down list A preview window shows the effect of your customization on the toolbar To customize the toolbar click on any parameters listed here and adjust its value The changes are reflected in the toolbar sample 2 4 This area shows the explanation of the parameter selected above Operation Modes In this section there are four controls You can select what modes would be available to the users Demonstration Tutorial Practice and Test Recall that you can customize each object whether it can appear in each of these modes Thus the same presentation can behave in totally different man
86. GUI works as follows 1 The Points assigned here are common for any of the events listed below For this option to work the Score by event check box must be cleared In that case the Points column below is removed In this example if the user any of the combinations listed below he will earn 5 points The Score by event check box allows you to specify different scores for different events When you click in this check box the Points column is activated in the pane below and at the same time the Points control at the top is disabled Now you can double click in any cell in this column and enter any number In this example if the user clicks or double clicks the LMB he will earn 4 points If he clicks CTRL Left click or ALT Right click he will earn 3 points The Action by event check box allows you to add multiple actions for each event When you click in this check box the Actions column is activated in the pane below Now you can double click in any cell in the Actions column and select an action from the drop down list In our example the first two events trigger two actions each e lf the user left clicks ActivePresenter will open a website and then continue the presentation e lf the user CTRL Left clicks ActivePresenter will send an email and the end the presentation Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 177 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 4 These buttons are used to organ
87. L and ALT For example ALT SHI F T Left click Keystroke Any press of a single key of the keyboard OR hot key e g CTRL ALT SHIFT P is defined as a keystroke Text You can define a text string and optionally make it case sensitive If the user enters exactly the same string the condition is met On Correct When the answer is correct On Incorrect When the answer is not correct On Incomplete When the answer is incomplete For example e The user leaves a field blank in the Text Box object and Question objects that contain a text box Fill in Blank Fill in Multiple Blank and Essay e The user leaves all check boxes or radio buttons unchecked in case of True False Multiple Choice or Multiple Hesponse Question e The user leaves all drop targets empty do not contain any drag source in Drag n Drop Question On Timeout When the user does not respond within the specified time On Rollover When the mouse rolls over the shape of the object enters the boundary of the shape On Rollout When the mouse rolls out of the shape of the object exits from the boundary of the shape On Accept When the user drops any accepted drag sources on the drop target On Reject When the user drops any rejected drag sources on the drop target The Actions In response to those trigger conditions you can take the following actions Option Remarks Continue The effect depends on the current state of t
88. MKV Flash Screen Video PCM 16 bit this format using lossless audio and video codecs so it can be used for further editing in other programs without quality loss e FLV H264 Baseline L5 0 MP3 Output File Specify the file path and name for exported video Exporting The Project gt Exporting To Video 109 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Advanced Options The following SCORM options are available General Advanced SCORM Options Generate SCORM Package Mo Package Version 1 0 Identifier SCORM PACKAGE Organization Title Untitled Item Title Untitled Generate No If your LMS supports both 1 2 and 2004 versions of ride SCORM1 2 SCORM please choose 2004 version the latest version SCORM 2004 Packa Specify a version that can be used to differentiate manifests ge be Mare dn with the same identifier For example if you are uploading the same project after modifying it provide a different version number Identifier opecify a name used by the LMS to identify different manifests This value is generated automatically by ActivePresenter but you can change it if needed Organization opecify a title for the organization which this item belongs to Title ActivePresenter automatically generates this value from project name However you can enter a difference text Item Title opecify a title for the item ActivePresenter automatically generates this value from project name However you can
89. Manually Shrink Close Creating A New Project gt Saving A Project 45 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 This sample shows that there are three unused resources You can select the Delete all unused resources check box and click on the Shrink button This removes the unused storage space and reduces the file size on disk You also have the option to manually check all the unused resources before deciding whether to delete them In fact if this is a new resource created within this project you may want to export it as a file to create an asset for yourself In that case click on the Delete Manually button This pops up another window oo 7 db mm Gel bla EHE 61 Image 406 62 lmage 408 Di Image 409 D Image 414 65 Image 440 66 lmaqe 451 Rh Imane AS AS Imane 453 AQ Tire lie Show images in O Library e Project Images 5 Audio amp Video ZE Styles You can also click on the Select unused resources 5 button 1 ActivePresenter will select all such resources 2 for you Check them out visually and decide whether you would like to save export them e Pressing the amp button in the Image tab exports all selected images at once e Pressing the EH button in the Audio and video tab exports all selected audio video resources at once e Remember that if you don t export any unused resource it will be lost when you shrink the project Opening An Existing Project You can open an exist
90. Pencil tool Draw freehand with this tool Airbrush tool Create spray with a color Eraser tool Image editor in ActivePresenter supports transparency so when you erase an area it will turn transparent Flood fill tool When you click anywhere in the image it finds contiguous area with the same color and then fills it with the current pen color Text This tool has its own word editor window You can create rich text with its own attribute color italics bold underline font size font type superscript subscript etc Blur Blur Obfuscate selected area k Blur radius The larger the radius the more obfuscated the image s Pen color This selects a pen color for pending or next drawing command 255 Pen opacity O fully transparent 255 fully opaque Pick pen color After selecting this tool click on any area and the pen tool will assume that color hue and saturation and opacity Using ActivePresenter Windows gt Using The Image Editor 202 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Tool Effect Le Fill color oets the color filled inside a shape 255 Fill opacity O fully transparent 255 fully opaque ZZ Pick fill color After selecting this tool click on any area and the fill color tool will assume that color hue and saturation and opacity Line width Sets the line width for the outline of a shape or for the pencil t
91. PowerPoint or Images and now you want to add complementary slides by capturing the live action on screen while operating a software This is equivalent to launching a new Capture project but with the difference that the newly captured slides are inserted in the current project rather than opening up a new project The new slides from this instant capture project are inserted after the current slide To insert slides by fresh capturing 1 Click HOME gt Captures Slides 53 or SLIDE gt Capture E 2 The procedure in the next steps is same as launching a new capture project Inserting Images As Slides This technique is mainly used when your primary project was created using either from PowerPoint or Capturing and now you want to add complementary slides by inserting images as slides This is equivalent to launching a new Image project but with the difference that the newly created slides are inserted in the current project rather than opening up a new project The new slides from this instant Image project are inserted after the current slide To insert slides from images 1 Click HOME gt Slides From gt From Images dor SLIDE gt Images ci 2 The procedure in the next steps is same as launching a new Image project Inserting Slides From Another Project This technique is mainly used when you have launched a Blank project or if you want to add complementary slides in an existing project of any type Often the slides you
92. Pro tile EANO EE 164 182 56 LE M 165 ere cx mte 165 Seu 166 Automatic FP ANNING RT 166 Te e e Video Talis toam Ma Ia MCI II Ii IMS 168 VIGGO OC Eeer 168 Table of Contents 6 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Ja Efe e SEINS ao 169 Rate ee E v Em 171 The annotate risas ctun omaia eeiam RUE MR te ay mene re are 172 TARO Ee EE 174 eigene dl EE 175 Uie crede RE o m 176 Bar elfe MEI T o m m adaeei oad indcneiotiehededeneoeeis 179 ING COX T AD ect 180 MNS CHOICE TaD E 182 For Multiple CHOICES QUESTION uice ias neutr o3 IR orte Ls onec stet que eaae tuae ete Poma pou uae 182 For Multiple Response QUESTION nnne 184 The Accepted Drag Sources Tab 185 For Drop Farger OD CCl E 185 For Drop Area Wl ELE 187 The Answer Tab for Drag n Drop Question n0nnnannnnnnnnnnnnennnennnannnennrnnnrnnennnrrnnensnernnerne 188 Hohe Mei ptt m Im 190 MAACO COTE OC E 191 TNE One lACOM edMi o rcctiedte ty sites eceedtedy cites eeduiieds aed ied eds els eee 193 TNE OMNCOMOE IE Ta EE 194 The On TimeolBt Va eE b acere ted hu pha E E 195 The On Rollover Tabisssesisueetistntamsebs is tta titus a ta uguale du obit iot ditds nud poi Monta dais 196 Rue R Gelee E E T T Mm 196 TNE OM 5 908 fio T c 197 Rare We Bec m MH 198 JjemagebmeshmagexEGlloL 3 eroi e epa eemper oe inate dedtenho
93. Question that includes multiple drag sources drop targets and require learners viewers who take the output simulation to map them correctly Polygon Matching To insert new shapes images drag source drop target pairs feedback messages or buttons select the question then click on the corresponding tools on the right side of the question To edit event actions of the question refer to the section for the Answer tab in the Event Editor window You can also edit event actions for each drop target refer to the section for the Accepted Drag Sources tab in the Event Editor for more details Objects Introduction To Objects 272 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 ohape m HK d O em L A Shapes Interactions Tet Order Align Fill Line Shadow OUUGUOSAN QOQOOOQOCU JU DJ Callouts ALS Lines and Arrows NOAN Block Arrows GIE kat Lab 25D50D Stars owe eo ActivePresenter offers five shape groups with many shapes in each group You can insert any of them OO After inserting a shape you can do the following e Click the text area of the shape and enter text If the shape has no text you can right click the shape then select the Edit item from the popup menu You can also select the shape then press F2 to start editing the text e Drag the shape to a new position e Drag the handles to resize the shape If you make the shape too small some text may be clipped or hidden Therefore be
94. Requirements Your system must have these resources Installing ActivePresenter How to install update and upgrade ActivePresenter The multi tier help system How to get help while using ActivePresenter Creating anew _ Creating a Capture project Capturing screen while using an application projeti Creating a project from MS PowerPoint Presentation Creating a project from Images Create a project by importing images as slides Creating a blank project Start with a blank canvas and add items Saving a project How to save an ActivePresenter project Opening an existing project How to open an existing ActivePresenter project About This Manual gt Structure Of The Manual 11 ActivePresenter User Manual Editing a project Editing overview Project level editing Sorting slides adding deleting slides naming slides Editing a slide Adding annotation objects editing those objects Advanced Editing Interactive objects accessibility localization Rendering How to export the ActivePresenter project to create different types of Exporting presentations Using Appendices that explain how different windows work in ActivePresenter ibo REEL e Capture Profile Editor How to edit all settings for screen capturing windows e Event Editor How to set up the interaction objects to respond to various trigger events e image editor How to edit images e Image Resource Properties Window How t
95. Select All Duration tris 500 Duration ms 500 Interactions Mouse Click _ Mouse Hover Button Text Box Key Stroke Question _ Drop Area Select All Version 5 5 Direction From Left Direction To Left Messages Correct _ Incorrect _ Hint Complete _ Incomplete Timeout Select All In Slides All Slides J Current Slide O Specified Slides 1 3 6 9 Include objects shown over multiple slides Cancel It has three sections which are to be used as follows 1 Select the transition effects entry and or exit from the drop down list and set the timings 2 Select the objects to which this transition is to be applied The Select all check boxes at the end allow you to select and deselect all objects in each list 3 Select the slides where you want this effect You can select all slides current slide or specific slides Remember that you can use this window several times to apply different settings to different sets of objects Editing A Project Editing A Slide 75 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Undo If you make a mistake you can reverse the effect of the last step by pressing CTRL Z or by selecting the Undo tool in Quick Access Toolbar In fact you can undo any number of steps by repeating this Note that you cannot undo a particular past step selectively for example you won t be able to undo only the fourth la
96. Shadow ta Replace Project Slide Slides From X Caption Styler v Settings Y 9 Open SS Purchase A License EN New Capture e Questions amp Answers New Project Hi Help Recent projects d Quiz Example approj Untitled approj PPT approj Copyright 2009 2015 Atomi Systems Inc At the bottom there are links to the Facebook and Twitter sites of ActivePresenter The YouTube link takes you to the latest demo videos that explain how to use new features that appear in each new version of ActivePresenter The screenshot shows highlight on two options New Capture and New project Both are for creating a new project The difference is the New Capture option starts capturing the screen whereas the New Project option offers all four methods to choose from By clicking on the New Project link you can launch any type of project We will see how to launch each type of project in the following sections Creating A Capture Project This is the first and most prevalent content generation method This type of project captures the live action on the screen while you are interacting with the target software Typically your mouse and keyboard actions would also be captured In the Welcome Screen select the New Project option Immediately the screen will vanish to be replaced by a second window as shown below Creating A New Project Creating A Capture Project 34 ActivePres
97. Svalue Type value Type Svalue Ctrl Ctrl Shift Shift Alt Alt 1 2 3 5 b i 8 9 Prefix Modifiers Restore Defaults Cancel App ly ActivePresenter can generate the text for annotation automatically based on what you are interacting with while capturing For example when you type your User Name into a log in screen ActivePresenter can create a call out which says Type XXX into User Name text box You can easily customize how ActivePresenter generates the annotation text through the settings in this tab With these options you can easily control the annotation contents which are generated automatically by ActivePresenter when capturing There are 3 parameters that you can use to specify dynamic content depends on the context Every parameter has the form XXX in which XXX is the parameter name name This is the name of the item that you are interacting with when capturing For example when you entering your name in a log in screen the text box Customizing ActivePresenter gt Customizing The Preferences 329 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 may have a name like User Name type This is the type of the item that you are interacting with The types of items are provided by the OS For example you are typing in a text box then its type is text box If you are clicking on a button then its type is button value This is what you are
98. Tips for Creating Drag and Drop Interactions ccccccccseccceeeceeeeseeeseeeeseeeeseeesseeeeeeesaeeens 89 Cusiomadavaschiptin HTMES OUMU EE 89 Makino hen rei e ee 90 Tips for Creating Accessible Projects cccccccseccsscecesecceeeceececueeceecsuseseuessueesaueeseeesseeens 91 Customizing Accessibility Text for Gldes n 91 Customizing Accessibility Text for Objects cccceccccsececeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeseeeseaeeesaeeesaeeessaeeesees 92 ereilvalgre tee el EE 93 LOCAZINGPrOCOS S araa n T 93 EXPOrINO tee a BE 93 Replacing Slide Backorounde A 94 Iuglelelotlere By ro a PATE 96 POI OOTP te Ee RETE TOS EINE UNTEN 96 ACIVE VV MOOW ANREISE 98 o o al alo Mig idoli eae eet ee eens a NY 101 Overview Of EXPONO ent 101 EXDOFH P TOIMAGOS arctan re aac sarc sarc daar maf Ra sara ae Rea tune 103 General e e LE 103 SCORM OPHONS MN RN T M 105 FX DOPING Kom doo M LE 106 i a ON ONS EE 107 Advanced n Belle RTT OE a MEE 110 Exportirig To ELEME Slide STIOW EE 112 General OPHION S eeben 112 Ae AN Cl KR ed 114 Exporting To Adobe PDF Document 116 General ODHIOFIS 255m eni ctae e eect tees Demi Ee 116 AdVanced 9 S MR DN NE 118 E AE VE OPIN E E UU I MT 120 Exporting To Microsoft Word DOCUMEN E 122 REESEN 122 Advanced K lte EE 125 Creating Gusiom Mord Temp alec eio eee tint OM HR LINMEIUM MRNA MEM II MELDE 126 Exporting To Microsoft Excel Worksheet
99. Toolbars And Shortcuts SLIDE Tab 306 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Edit Background background PowerPoint E Insert slides from a PowerPoint presentation PB Save Slide As EJ Export the current slide as an image Image Change m oet a slide s background image Background Edit a slide s background image View Active r1 Show hide the Active Window area Window Edit Active Window Enable disable editing the Active Window area Batch Operations 9 D Provide options for changing multiple objects in multiple slides at once Batch Operations Insert Objects Select an object of any type and insert it in multiple slides Batch Operations Delete Objects Delete objects of selected type from multiple slides Batch Operations Change Style for Multiple Objects Change the style of objects for the current slide selected slides or all slides Batch Operations Change Transition Effects for Multiple Objects Change the entrance and exit effects of objects for the current slide selected slides or all slides Batch Operations gt Convert Closed Captions to Audio Convert closed captions to speech for the current slide selected slides or all slides Menus Toolbars And Shortcuts SLIDE Tab 307 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 ANNOTATION Tab Tool Default Icon Remarks Shortcut Shap
100. Typically only one of these sources plays a predominant role in your presentation 1 Screen action of a target application captured live 2 A PowerPoint presentation 3 Slide show created from multiple images 4 Start with a blank project and add images video clips and other ActivePresenter projects With this in mind ActivePresenter lets you launch four different types of projects each suited for a particular content creation approach Later in the Edit phase insert the content of other types wherever required However if your project uses multiple types of resources in equal proportions launch a different project type for each type of resource Finally launch a blank project and add all those projects into it to create the final presentation Regardless of the project type I e primary method of generating the content the resultant presentation has to be edited using a common process as described in the next chapter In this chapter we will see how to launch each type of project When you launch ActivePresenter the Welcome Screen appears in the ActivePresenter window Creating A New Project Selecting The Content Generation Method 33 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 as shown below ACTIVEPRESENTER HOME SLIDE ANNOTATION INTERACTION EXPORT LOCALIZE VIEW HELP BX C Ea Ca rremces Al wm 4 2 0 me Paste EA Copy Blank Capture Slides B 7 U abe X0 Shapes Interactions Text Order Align Quick Fill Line
101. Version 5 5 Correct tab and in the On Incorrect tab for the Last attempt In fact when the author inserts a new interactive object ActivePresenter provides default actions After showing object xxx milliseconds This time is relative to the Starting instant for the interactive object For example if xxx is 1000 ms the presentation is paused when the interactive object is displayed for 1000 ms Just before hiding object Here the presentation is paused just before the hiding transition of an object begins In other words when the presentation is resumed the first thing to happen will be the exit of this particular object 3 Timeout Enable time You can disable the time limit by unchecking this check box limit When timeout is active if the user does not respond within the defined time limit the interactive object is disabled Time Timeout is defined in terms of HH MM SS The On Correct Tab This tab is used in all interactions except the Mouse hover interaction It defines the action to be taken when the user gives a correct response Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 191 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 1 Choice Settings On Correct On Incorrect On Incomplete On Timeout Actions to be performed when the answer is correct Action TT Show Object Blocking Correct Message 11 Continue Presentation Cancel The GUI works as foll
102. a Layout options Adds a TOC to the document hyperlinked to the slides The exported area only includes the Active Window area and slide objects which are selected to export It is usually used with the Slides per page Contiguous option Option Slides per page Description Remarks One Single slide per page Two Two slides per page top bottom Contiguous The slides are written contiguously in a page until there is not enough space then it will move to the next page Compact In this mode only the screen of first slide in each group is exported For the following slides ActivePresenter exports only the slide name and slide description olide description None No description exported Choose on which side of the slide the description has to be placed Top Left Right or Bottom Page orientation Choose from landscape and portrait The page size is fixed A4 ActivePresenter uses fixed margins of 1 2 54 cm on all sides Use Native Objects Use Microsoft Word auto shapes images text boxes and text for representing slide objects Otherwise each object is exported as an image Using native objects will allow editing the shapes directly within MS Word later once exported Otherwise slide objects are exported as images so it is almost impossible to edit exported document later Use Template Layout Use the layout specified in the template Refer to Appendix
103. ace 2 ro EEGENEN 23 AGCTIVEPTCSENIC ime ijo prse 1 M eee 27 EIERE eege eege dub edm equ de edo eet 27 Systeme TNS MUS sao ocio edt restet od cto as laeto mas encore mae olor rote lcd dre sas 28 Iess lite ere EE EE 28 TheMultier Help SyStOl EE 29 Cieatling Wem EET 31 par E TRI R8 2 OC C NEP TTE TET TUE DUDEN 31 Find The SUCCESS ee 31 Prepare An Outline And Storyboard cccccccccecccceececeeeeeseeeeceesesseeeeseacessaeeeseueesseeeseeeetaneeess 32 Identify Your Sources For bresentaton nennen 33 Selecting The Content Generation Method 33 Credguing A Capire e 34 The capuc Area e BEE 36 hat PUIG IO TSS CU OMA E o 0 SUE 37 The Start Capture and More Options Gechon 38 Creating A Project From PowerPoint Presentation cccccceeeccseeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeseeeessneeeseeenaaees 39 Creating AverO ech Gel Bon it 42 oreatno Ni Blank tb OE usa lassi euet ia ERR Ee aper ED Ae o taba in nete e tar dS ne poop Da br due acu 43 Svid XO EC c indirects tidie tcn dium oe riam eim md imi eine d dat iun ed ant T 45 Closing The Project Without Saving nnne nnns 45 Shining EENEG 45 Denim AU EXISUDONEO O EE 46 EGIING AvP lO CCl ST TOU DUET 48 KOCE CLI ia OCC SS EE 48 FIOlCCL ECVCINEGINING 255 22 5 xb a heats acsviehs Be viat saat vrais Sa aa Vrab Bb ruebs AE aa 50 Naming Bas he let 50 SOng al hue EE 53 HVS ei date SNS EE 56 Moenng ABank Slide T P m 56 Insertin
104. achieve this select the Partial score option Now the Points 1 control is disabled and a Points column is activated in the table below Assign points to each answer e Sometimes all answers are not of equal merit You may want to give ess points if the answer is more obvious than the others When the user selects a correct answer he earns the points assigned to that particular answer As he chooses more correct answers these partial scores are added up However if he chooses any of the wrong answers then the whole answer is considered incorrect and he will lose all the partial points earned in this question Note that this interaction cannot have a response action per answer because there are multiple correct answers and there is no way to predict which ones are attempted by the user and which answers are correct Thus it is virtually impossible to set a trigger condition The Accepted Drag Sources Tab There are two different tabs named Accepted Drag Sources One is used in the Drop Area interaction and the other is used in the normal drop target object This section describes them both For Drop Target Object This tab defines drag sources that can be dropped onto the drop target and optionally actions to be taken for each dropped source It also defines maximum number of accepted drag sources that can be dropped onto the drop target Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 185 ActivePresenter User Man
105. adient of colors Using ActivePresenter Windows gt Using The Properties Pane 207 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Solid fill Solid Fill Color Opacity 255 Fills the shape with a single color 1 Click on the drop down arrow A color swatch appears Select a color 2 Move the slider to set the opacity or enter the value directly in the input box at right 255 fully opaque Gradient fill Fills the shape with a gradient of colors We will see how to create the following gradient Using ActivePresenter Windows gt Using The Properties Pane 208 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 The actual controls adjusted to create this particular gradient are shown below Gradient Fill Type Linear Angle 7 45 pradient Stops Position 75 Color Opacity The Gradient strip 3 is at the heart of the controls It shows a live sample of the gradient and lets you make changes to it in a visual manner Choose between Linear and Radial gradients using the Gradient type drop down list 1 e n Linear the shades vary in a straight direction e In Radial the shades are in concentric circles Our example calls for Linear type gradient Choose the nclination angle of the gradient using the input box spinners 2 The angle is relevant for linear gradient only In our example we have chosen a 45 degree angle The triangular stops at the bottom of th
106. ains other objects But usually objects like a video clip do not share screen space with other objects unless you want to show the video in a part of a screen like Picture in Picture Therefore you need a blank slide Some important uses of a blank slide are as follows 1 Make the title of the presentation 2 f you have divided your presentation in different chapters topics make title of the chapters 3 Inalong presentation insert coffee break slides Editing A Project Project Level Editing 56 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 4 Atstrategic points during the presentation insert blank slides to allow audience participation At the end of the presentation insert an Any questions slide The final Thank you slide with your corporate logo and address Insert an external video pe oe 2 Insert two comparative videos side by side and run them in parallel e g a before vs after comparison a wrong vs right demo To add a blank slide 1 Click HOME gt Blank Slide L or SLIDES gt Blank Slide L4 The new slide is inserted after the current slide ActivePresenter keeps displaying the current slide You may switch to the new slide manually 2 Inthe Slides pane right click on an existing slide From the context menu that appears select the New Blank Slide option Inserting New Slides By Fresh Capturing This technique is mainly used when your primary project was created using either from
107. ainst time and let you adjust the entry and exit points of all the objects In fact the Canvas pane always shows the slide at a particular moment that you select on the Timeline Timeline also lets you play the current slide to check the effect of your adjustments You can play the slide for only a selected portion of the Timeline to focus on what happens during that slice of time You can also play the slide in loop mode endless play You can play the slide and record your voice in real time The Using The Timeline appendix explains the functioning of Timeline in detail f The Properties pane lets you edit all the physical and behavioral properties of the object that is selected in either the Canvas pane or the Timeline pane g The Resources pane shows the global and project level resources There are three categories of resources in ActivePresenter Images Audio Video and Styles h The Selection pane allows you to view and change the selection lock and visibility states of all objects in the current slide You can also view the hierarchy of composite object using this pane 3 The Status Bar Exporting slid M 100 At the bottom of the program window is the Status Bar The Status Bar provides the following information a The current slide and the number of slides in the editing project or the current status of the program b he progress of the executing process for example exporting or savin
108. and the object will stay locked to the line If you are not looking for this particular alignment just ignore this present orange line and continue dragging As soon as a threshold distance value is crossed the orange line will vanish When the snap mode is on you can press CTRL during the dragging operation to temporarily turn the snap mode off Aligning Objects With A Reference Object The last object selected is the reference object This object does not move Rather all the other objects move or re size to align to this object Therefore always be careful and select the reference object at the end You can click one of the currently selected objects without holding CTRL to set it as reference object To access the aligning objects tools you can click HOME gt Align or FORMAT gt Align Editing A Project Editing A Slide 67 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Icon Function p The top of all objects will get aligned vertically with the top of the reference object Their horizontal position will not be affected i The center of all objects will get aligned vertically with the center of the reference object Their horizontal position will not be affected is The bottom of all objects will get aligned vertically with the bottom of the reference object Their horizontal position will not be affected L The left side of all objects will get aligned with the eft of the reference o
109. and compression algorithms JPEG is best suited for pictures while PNG is best suited for computer generated images screenshots drawings Note that JPEG compression is lossy while PNG is lossless so PNG retains crystal clear quality but the downside of PNG is that it does not compress well with pictures very big file size and the decoding when Exporting The Project Exporting To Microsoft PowerPoint Presentation 133 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 viewing is slower than JPEG However screenshots are compressed better with PNG the file has small size and there is no loss of quality Optimization None These are relative compression levels Note that the Level DW higher the compression level the longer it takes to export Normal TM e Select None when testing the output d e Select Ultra or High when exporting the final Ultra result This option is only available if the PNG image format is selected Range 1 to 100 The higher the quality the larger the output file size This option is only available if the JPEG image format is selected Output location Template Location of the template file which the file has to use Output File Specify the file path and name of exported presentation Exporting The Project Exporting To Microsoft PowerPoint Presentation 134 ActivePresenter User Manual Advanced Options General Advanced SCORM Options Generat
110. ant to delete objects which have been set to show over multiple slides normally these are background music or corporate logo Inserting Objects Into Multiple Slides This is the opposite of the situation described above You may realize that multiple slides are lacking a particular object To insert an object in multiple slides at once select SLIDE Batch Operations Insert Objects Editing A Project Editing A Slide 72 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 The following window opens Insert Object Object Type Mouse Click w Settings To Slides amp All Slides 3 Current Slide 1 Specified Slides Cancel This is a two step process 1 The Object Type drop down list offers all available types of objects Select the type of object to be inserted Then click the Settings button to adjust the properties of the selected object type 2 Select the slides in which to insert the object In case you want to specify certain slides only separate their numbers with comma A hyphen indicates range For example the screenshot shows the range 3 6 slide 3 4 5 and 6 Note that the inserted object will have its default properties in all slides You will have to edit the properties of the object in each slide separately Changing Object Style In A Batch Operation ActivePresenter also has a batch operation to find and replace any given object style with another Use the SLIDE Batch Oper
111. as Annotation elements All these various elements form a question object as a whole A question as a whole is also an Interaction Therefore in case of a True False type Question object its button element and the question itself will be controlled by the nteraction tab and the remaining elements will be controlled by the Annotation tab Customizing ActivePresenter gt Customizing The Preferences 317 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 The General Tab General Interaction Annotation Auto Annotation Text Hotkeys Miscellaneous Tabbed Toolbar Interface Choose your preferred language English U 5 Max recently used projects 5 Clear List Canvas background color Show disabled features Show UAC elevating message on start up Project Backup project every Default slide duration Slide transition effect Mane bw Project Language Default Ul Language v Default project location C Users VIETPHUONG Documents ActivePresenter Library and Configuration Mame Standard Restore Defaults Apply The options work as follows Interface section Control Remarks Choose your preferred The drop down menu provides the choice of available languages language Max recently used The spinner defines the number of recently opened projects would Customizing ActivePresenter Customizing The Preferences 318 ActivePresenter User Manual projects Version 5 5 be listed Note
112. at is selected Quality Range 1 to 100 The higher the quality the larger the output file size This option is only available if the JPEG image format is selected Output File opecify the file path and name for the exported PDF document Advanced Options The options are divided in three sections 1 SCORM related options 2 PDF document related options 3 Security password for opening the PDF document Exporting The Project Exporting To Adobe PDF Document 118 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 General Advanced Text Style SCORM Options Generate SCORM Package Mo Package Version 1 0 Identifier SCORM PACKAGE Organization Title Untitled PDF Document Item Title Untitled Description Title Untitled Subject Keywords Protection Opening Password Confirm Password Cancel SCORM related Options Parameter Options Remarks Generate i If your LMS supports both 1 2 and 2004 versions of SCORM Package SCORM1 2 SCORM please choose 2004 version the latest version SCORM 2004 Package Version Specify a version that can be used to differentiate manifests with the same identifier For example if you are uploading the same project after modifying it provide a different version number Identifier Specify a name used by the LMS to identify different manifests This value is generated automatically by ActivePresenter but you can change it if needed Organization Title Spec
113. ational controls for example to enable jumping to a particular slide etc To name a slide follow these steps Editing A Project gt Project Level Editing 50 ActivePresenter User Manual 1 In the Slides pane select the slide that you want to modify the name ACTIVEPRESENTER HOME we CIE Paste Copy Blank Ca pture Slide Slide Slides From O m9 Hl en CX Gl ActivePr P Reif ED rg RB odo E Eed Lid H Aal Pv ET RO au Slide 1 of 42 Version 5 5 2 Go to the Properties pane and click in the Name field and type a new name You can also use some simple HTML tags lt b gt lt i gt lt u gt lt span gt to format the name of slide Press Editing A Project Project Level Editing 51 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 ENTER to confirm the change General Description Group Title Show In Slide List J Show No Numbering Show Continue Numbering _ Show Restart Numbering P Transition P Background k Accessibility 3 If you want to format the name of slide in a visual way you can click the button on the right of the Name field to launch the HTML editor The editor contains the most common formatting functions to change the name of slide After editing click OK to confirm the Editing A Project Project Level Editing 52 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 changes Font Anal wl Size D wii A x B fs Press Enter button Cancel
114. ations Change Style for Multiple Objects menu option Editing A Project Editing A Slide 73 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 With all objects Having current style Change to style In Slides amp All Slides Current Slide Specified Slides 1 3 6 9 Include objects shown over multiple slides The window has two parts 1 Select the style to be replaced and the style which should take its place You will need to define the replacement style in advance 2 Select the slides where you want this effect You can select all slides current slide or specific slides The check box at the bottom includes objects that are shared over multiple slides Changing Object Transitions In A Batch Operation The transitions of an object is a matter of personal taste Therefore you may have set the transitions according to your taste Now suppose your boss does not like it How to change them now Worry not ActivePresenter helps you to change the transition effects in all objects or only for the selected objects in one stroke using a batch operation Use the SLIDE Batch Operations Change Transition Effects for Multiple Objects menu option A window opens Editing A Project Editing A Slide 74 ActivePresenter User Manual Transition Effects Entrance None Exit None For Objects Annotations Shape Text Caption _ Highlight _ Image Video Gesture Effect
115. ative volume of the selected range of selected audio video track as explained here Insert Caption Insert a Closed Caption CC object or insert a CC line into an existing CC object Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Timeline Pane 228 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Button Name Shortcut Function KI uH oplit Slide oplits the slide at the Playhead position The slide is sliced vertically at the playhead position and a new slide is created from the second part This newly created slide is inserted immediately after the current slide e Any content in the slide that is in the right side of the playhead position is transferred to the second new slide e lf the playhead position lies in the middle of a time bar of an object that time bar is split at the playhead position and the latter part is transferred to the second new slide The Time Bar The time bar of an object represents its existence along the time axis Closed Caption Shape For example the screenshot above shows that Shape 1 will appear on the canvas at 4 second after the current slide starts playing It will be displayed till the 10 second which happens to be till the end of the slide On the other hand the closed captions the first object in the list appears for just four seconds and vanishes The length of a Time Bar represents the duration of the corresponding object Th
116. ayed is called the Frame Rate The normal frame rate is in the range of 20 30 frames s The three commonly used frame rate standards in the TV and movie making business are 24 25 and 30 fps e Higher rates means more frames are required per second to produce the same animation which in turn will increase the file size e Lower rates result in smaller file size but make the movement jerky e Sometimes the main power supply which has 50 60 Hz AC causes the room lighting to flicker at this rate Normally this is unnoticeable to the naked eye but sometimes a small difference in the frequencies causes a beat frequency and appears as a large flickering in display This can be avoided by changing the frame rate by a few Hz Reporting Even if an ActivePresenter interactive presentation is not running on a SCORM compliant LMS it can still create a report and optionally send it to a valid email or HTTP address Typically the report contains the data related to the performance of the student under Demo or Test modes For example Time taken to take the test points obtained passing criteria overall result pass fail details of the tests taken etc General Basic Screencasting Concepts 22 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 HIML5 HTML5 is a new standard for structuring and presenting content on the web It contains several features which are designed to include and handle multimedia and graphical content on the web easily wi
117. bbing your presentation adding the commentary in a different language than the original A good sound track is critical for your presentation Audio without a sound track or with a poor audio would create a very bad impression Therefore you must take utmost care of your sound track Pay special attention to these five areas 1 Choosing a quiet and comfortable location Editing A Project Editing A Slide 76 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Eliminating and preventing any disturbing sounds oelecting your recording equipment e N Setting up your equipment correctly 5 Tips for recording Let us see some details for each Choosing A Quiet And Comfortable Location Record in a quiet location Avoid recording in a public shared location If possible you should be alone in the recording room with complete silence prevailing Place a Silence please notice outside your door to let others know that you are recording Avoid using a large bare room as it produces echos Placing furniture books and curtains in the room absorbs the echoes For best results hang heavy curtains on walls also Eliminating And Preventing Any Disturbing Sounds Most home office areas do have ambient noises e Noise of traffic on the road e Insects birds e Music playing e Your colleagues friends family talking or yelling to each other or on phone e Wind noise or air blown by an overhead AC vent e Creaking of your chair when you mo
118. behaves differently as shown with Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Timeline Pane 236 ActivePresenter User Manual the following example ai di di di d o a ACE P P P Eb Eh ER Eb Eh Bh Bb Ep Ep Ep EN T gt E Shape 5 Shape 3 Shape 12 9 of Shape 11 of Shape 10 9 of Shape 9 9 of Shape 8 9 pu Shape 7 9 m SI T T Shape 2 Shape 1 S Eh Cut Delete Only some objects selected Version 5 5 The original slide Here we have two identical sets of objects 1 6 7 12 Only one of the two sets is selected to show the difference do At least one object selected Only the selected objects are edited The slide itself and unselected objects 7 12 are not affected at all For the selected objects only The range is folded up and then removed Any object parts that lie in the range are deleted e g Object 5 and 3 Also shape 4 was deleted because it was completely inside the range Objects parts that follow the range are shifted to the left by the duration of the range e g Objects 3 2 1 If a selected object spans on both sides of the range its remaining parts are joined e g Shape 1 The Delete Command The Delete command works just like the Cut command except for one difference The Cut Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Timeline Pane 23 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 command places the cut
119. bject Their vertical position will not be affected d The center of all objects will get aligned with the center of the reference object Their vertical position will not be affected The right side of all objects will get aligned with the right of the reference object Their vertical position will not be affected vi The entire group of object will move to the center of the canvas vertically The relative position of the group members will not be changed tF The entire group of object will move to the center of the canvas horizontally The relative position of the group members will not be changed Make the horizontal spaces between selected objects equal This command works only when more than two objects are selected zm Make the horizontal spaces between selected objects equal This command works only when more than two objects are selected Resizing Objects To A Reference Object The following tools also work on a group of objects again the last selected object is the reference object To access these tools you can click HOME gt Align or FORMAT gt Align Icon Function 1 The height of all other objects is adjusted to match the height of the reference object a The width of all other objects is adjusted to match the width of the reference object HH Both height and width of all other objects are adjusted to match the height and width of the reference object respectively Editing A Project
120. careful while resizing the frame e Drag the yellow diamond to change the dimensions appearance of the shape e Use the Fill Line Shadow tools in the toolbar to change the shape style e Arrange the shape with Order Align tools in the toolbar e Use the FORMAT gt Change Shape tool and change the shape type e Use the Timeline pane to change the timing and animation of the shape Use the Properties pane to edit most of the properties Objects gt Introduction To Objects 273 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Text Caption A Text Caption object is a rectangular shape that can contain multi line formatted text Type your text here In fact the Text Caption is a variant of the Shape object where only the text is given prominence and the Fill and Line attributes of the shape are muted Therefore the discussion for shapes applies here too Highlight A Highlight object is used to draw the attention of the viewers to a certain part of the screen Think of a Highlight as a variant of Shape object where the text and border line are removed and the background is made semi transparent 5096 transparency Therefore the discussion for shapes applies here too opotlight A Spotlight object retains the original brightness within the shape and darkens the rest of the screen Thus it is able to instantly draw your attention irresistibly to even a tiny part on the screen A Spotlight is a more aggressive version of Hi
121. ce over Occasionally you will realize that you still need a few slides here and there This is natural Just go back to the previous step to add those slides and then return to this step Let us see the details olide Properties When a slide is selected the Properties pane displays the properties of the slide which are listed below Editing A Project Editing A Slide 62 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Property Default value Remarks Name Blank Title of the slide or Slide Name This property will be used as a table of content TOC entry in HTML5 Flash Simulation outputs or as a brief description of slide in document outputs When planning navigational jumps amongst slides their titles are also very useful Base it on the content of the slide Description Blank Your comments about the content While exporting the project to document formats PDF MS Word Excel PowerPoint you can choose whether to export slide description For example if you plan to present the slides personally you can enter your speech associated with the slide in this field equivalent to the Notes field in PowerPoint Group Title Blank For creating groups Slides with the same group title will automatically belong to the same group ActivePresenter does not have a separate mechanism to define slide groups Take care in entering names A small spelling change will put the slide in a different group
122. contents on the clipboard whereas the Delete command does not The Crop Command The crop command simply deletes everything other than what is there in the range The original slide 0 04 0 05 No object selected Only the contents of the Shape 4 range are retained and the Shape 3 rest is deleted Thus the Shane 1 slide duration is reduced to 5 ape the duration of the range If any object does not have any part inside range it is Crop No objects selected E e g Shapes 6 Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Timeline Pane 238 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 When some objects in the slides are selected the command behaves differently as shown with the following example The original slide Here we have two identical sets of objects 1 6 7 12 Shape 12 Shape 6 Shape 5 5 Shape 4 Shape 3 Shape 2 SS of Shape 11 a gm Only one of the two sets is Shape 10 amp m selected to show the difference Shape 9 SS m ue ent d Shape 7 af gt p e SI raj SI gt 535 Eh BE ke e ESA E E d EA Eh 1 At least one object 1 T selected Shane 11 a gm Only the selected objects are edited The slide itself ae be zi and unselected objects 7 Shape 9 D af 12 are not affected at all E ui Those parts of the selected nape 7 of objects that lie inside the range are retained If an
123. creencasting is assumed All terms are explained within this manual How To Use This Manual It is best to read the main chapters of this manual from start to finish Then you can read the Appendices in any order This manual has hyperlinks that are displayed in bold red NOT in blue text with underline The steps to complete a task such as Click the HOME tab then click the Paste tool can be written in short form Click HOME Paste in some cases Terms Used Some technical jargon especially terms related to video encoding terms are explained below For more details please refer to the Wikipedia Term Meaning Key frame To reduce the size of the video file a compression technique is used in which the computer stores the whole visual information for only a few frames called key frames For the rest of the frames it only stores the differential information with reference to the preceding key frame in some compression schemes a frame s content is derived from key frames on both side of it LMS A Learning Management System Disclaimer This manual is written by volunteers Please use it in the same spirit No guarantees are made regarding accuracy The author assumes no responsibility for any loss of data or for any direct or indirect damages that arise out of use misuse or misapplication of the information provided in this manual About This Manual How To Use This Manual 13 ActivePresenter Us
124. ct message object and then pause the presentation e Ifthe user presses CTRL SHIFT L the presentation will jump forward by 10 slides and then pause 4 These buttons are used to organize the entries in the bottom pane The F button adds a new action to the selected row e lf you had clicked in the Event column this button adds an event e f you had clicked in the Action column this button adds an action within the same event In this way you can associate multiple actions with a given event The button removes the selected row e lf you had clicked in the Event row this button deletes the event and all its actions e f you had clicked in the Action column this button removes the action but does not affect the Event row The f and buttons move the selected row up and down in the stack e f you had clicked in the Event row these buttons move the event and all its actions together as a set e f you had clicked in the Action column these buttons move the Action row but do not affect the Event row The Text Tab The Text tab checks whether the user has entered the correct text string in response to a Text Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 180 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Box an essay question or a fill in the blank type question ext Settings On Correct On Incorrect On Incomplete On Timeout On Rollover On Rollout Action by answer Points Actions Execu
125. ction To Objects 282 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 To do this insert a zoom and pan object and move it over the minaret Make it small enough so that the zoomed in view focuses there T rn lne E Scl e em O 9292 EN Eg 0 00 0 01 0 02 0 03 0 04 0 05 03 h M KESSLER EL 2 NT nm eI Image l In the Timeline adjust the onset and duration of the Zoom and pan object e he zoom should not be too fast otherwise it becomes nauseating When this slide is rendered the camera shows the entire scene and then zooms in and simultaneously pans sideways to the minaret Note that the zoom n pan object has a one way effect When it ends it does not restore the zoom back to normal So the camera will keep looking at the minaret till the slide ends If this were a movie instead of an image this would not be acceptable at all Objects Introduction To Objects 283 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Timeline DSc e em O 9292 G 0 00 0 01 0 02 0 03 0 04 0 05 0 01 xc d 2 Fortunately there is a trick Use another zoom n pan object to zoom back to normal Re size it to cover the entire canvas On the Timeline place it apart so that you have a few seconds of close up at the minaret the camera should not start zooming out abruptly Set its duration so that the zooming out is smooth and unhurried it should not be too fast The combined effect of the two zoom n pan
126. ctions to be taken when the drop target accepts a drag source Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 197 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Accepted Drag Sources On Accept On Reject On Rollover On Rollout Actions to be performed when user drops accepted objects on this object Play Audio Mouse Click 1 The GUI works the same way as other action tabs such as the On Correct tab the On Rollover tab The On Reject Tab This tab is used by drop target objects It defines actions to be taken when the drop target rejects a drag source Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 198 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Accepted Drag Sources On Accept On Reject On Rollover On Rollout Actions to be performed when user drops rejected objects on this object Action Play Audio Reject Sound The GUI works the same way as other action tabs such as the On Correct tab the On Rollover tab Using The Image Editor Before we proceed it is important to understand that the Image editor is meant to be a quick and dirty raster editor It is not designed for extensive editing of images The shapes you add to the image e g line polygon etc are immediately merged with the existing image You can not select them later and change their properties that is possible in a vector editor like InkScape e f you want to be able to edit the objects later insert shapes directly on
127. ctivePresenter Untitled HTML3 Template Options HTML5 Simulation is an interactive presentation which is delivered through a browser A control toolbar is provided at the bottom the screen which allows the user to play pause stop the presentation hide closed captions change volume or jump to a particular slide In this context a template is a design pattern that is applied to this toolbar to change its appearance If you do not want to provide any control to the user you can opt for No Toolbar option ActivePresenter offers four default options which can be customized further Black wh DIR MM Ocean Exporting The Project Exporting To HTML5 Simulation 138 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Silver Standard First select any one of the main options and then click on the Settings button The Template parameters window opens Template Parameters Presets Preview Custom i LH E77 Es Slide List Position right Steps Initial Slide List State visible Demonstration Preview Always Show Slide List yes 1 Slide 4 Show Slides As Groups yes Detailed Steps in Practi collapse Navigation in Practice yes Show Duration group High Level Step Tet yes Docking Pane Size 200 Initial Volume Initial CC State hidden Initial AutoFit State yes La ad II wg we Docking Pane S
128. ctly without any help Wrong Number of slides which user has performed action incorrectly or using help Points Points mark user has gained through the practice or test only correct action gains points MaxPoints Maximum points which user can gain in the practice or test by taking correctly all slides Percent Points over MaxPoints in percentage Points MaxPoints 100 Result The practice or test assessment based on pass condition Exporting The Project gt Reporting Options 154 ActivePresenter User Manual e For human readable passed or failed e For computer true or false answer Version 5 5 User passes the practice or test if his her result greater than or equal the minimum required result The result can be points which user gained points gained over maximum points in percentage or number of correct Details attempts for the slide and slide result Detail result for each slide consists of slide index number of user Heport Formats Report formats are chosen based on how they are transmitted e Plain text or CSV for email sending e XML or JSON for HTTP sending Report In Plain Text Report data is formatted in plain text for human reading The language can be selected when exporting Below is an example of plain text report in English Here is a sample Presentation Demo Description Project for Demonstration Date Fri May 25 11 28 31 GMT 0700 2012 UserID test To
129. d in the second step then the whole answer is considered incorrect and the score will be zero 4 Usethe button to add remove drag source drop target pairs The Settings Tab This tab defines the behavior of the interactive presentation when the user is not responding well Choice Settings On Correct On Incorrect On Incomplete Attempts Max Attempts 3 Infinite Pause Pause presentation to wait for user input After showing object O milliseconds Just before hiding abject Timeout _ Enable time limit Hours 0 Minutes 0 Seconds 0 Cancel It has three sections as shown above 1 Attempts Max Attempts After the user makes the predefined number of attempts the interactive object will be disabled The user can t interact with it anymore Infinite This check box overrides the number of attempts defined at the left 2 Pause Pause This is indefinite pause All objects stop playing as seen on the Timeline pane presentation However the user can still interact with the interactive objects The presentation to wait for resumes when one of the following actions is executed Continue Presentation user input End Presentation Go to Slide Go to Slide at Index Go Forward or Go Backward So if the author selects this option he must define one of above actions in the On Using ActivePresenter Windows gt Using The Event Editor 190 ActivePresenter User Manual
130. d sort them out Note that even if you have already converted the captions for many CC objects you can still launch this operation safely without any adverse effects Objects Introduction To Objects 290 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Miscellaneous Tips Here are some general tips for using Closed Captions e Always ensure correct spellings e Use words that match the actual voice narration Do NOT try to paraphrase Otherwise the audience may find it very hard to read the Closed Captions e Use punctuation to clarify the meaning If a sentence ends normally use the appropriate mark at the end However a sentence that is left unfinished should end with an ellipsis e Translate foreign words in parenthesis e Use italics or ALLCAPS to denote a new word or heavily emphasized part in speech e Show music or other sound effects in square brackets such as music door slams crowd at the bar or laughter e Use square brackets to describe any mood conveyed through voice modulation such as whispers shouts menacingly croons sobs Always use the appropriate word to convey the degree of intensity of an action For example chuckles smiles laughs and guffaws are all different Similarly door closes and door slams convey entirely different moods e When the speaker is off screen identify him her by name e When more than one persons are on screen identify the soea
131. d to define the shape Keep Aspect Ratio Keep the ratio between the width and the height of frame unchanged when resizing the frame Text margin Minimum margin between the frame and the text around it Lefti Minimum margin on the left side Top Minimum margin on the top side Right Minimum margin on the right side Bottom Minimum margin on the bottom side AutoFit Text When this option is selected the frame automatically changes its size to fit the text Timing amp Animation Define when and how the object will start showing in the presentation and when and how it will stop showing Start Time The starting time of the object vis a vis starting time of the slide Duration The duration for which the object is to be displayed Set it to 1 to display the object till the end of slide e Ifthe duration of the slide increases for any reason e g you added another object or increased the duration of other objects this object s duration will be automatically increased e lf the duration of the slide decreases for any reason the duration of this object will be decreased automatically Entrance Type Select from None Fade in Fly in Peek in and Wipe Duration Set a duration of the effect in ms Direction Select the direction for Fly in Peek in or Wipe effect Available directions are From Left From Top From Right From Bottom From Top Left From Top Right From Bottom Left From Bo
132. default To show the Selection pane click the VIEW Selection tool on the toolbar Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Selection Pane 221 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 SELECTION nx All Objects SS GR Closed Caption m Zoom n Pan pm Cursor Path SI A pg Question 42 of Button 78 m Answer 74 SI Incorrect Message 44 ml Correct Message 43 nml Answer 50 m Answer 47 of Question Title 46 m Image 70 ZS You can do the following tasks with the Selection pane 1 3 Select slide objects If a slide has many overlapping objects it can be very tricky to select them by using Canvas With the Selection pane simply click a line in the pane to select the corresponding object on the slide You can hold the Ctrl key when clicking mouse to select multiple objects or hold the Shift key to select a range You can also right click on selected objects and select one from following operations Cut Copy Delete Bring Forward Bring to Front Send Backward Send to Back Rename objects in the Selection pane Double click on the name part of an object in the Selection pane and type a new name In general you probably won t need to bother renaming slide objects But giving them unique names can be helpful when you are adjusting theirs timing values in Timeline or writing custom script which refers to object by name Turn visibility state on or off The Visibility button controls whether to
133. display the object in the Canvas pane Click on it to toggle its state a closed eye means the object becomes invisible The best use of this control is to turn an element off to edit the overlapped object easier Note that this control is applicable only during editing not during playback It also does not affect the output when exporting The objects which are hidden by this button will still display normally in the exported materials The button in the first line is the Master Visibility Button It toggles the visibility of all objects at once Turn lock state on or off The Lock button controls whether you can edit the object Click on this control to toggle its state A closed lock means that the element is locked You cannot edit this object In fact you cannot select its shape by using any panes Using ActivePresenter Windows gt Using The Selection Pane 222 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 The amp button in the first line is the Master Lock Button It toggles the lock status of all objects at once 5 The Expand Collapse button only available for object which contains the sub objects controls whether to display the sub objects of this object Using The Timeline Pane The Timeline pane shows how the objects in a given slide are displayed against time without depending on user s interactions and other events The sub objects and objects which are shown by event are not displayed in Timeline In addi
134. dition This condition is used to determine the overall pass fail result of the student when he takes a test Condition Choose between e Percents of correct answers e Points gained e Number of correct answers Due to SCORM specifications please take following note when a SCORM option is selected e n SCOHM 1 2 the raw score submitted to LMS is a normalized value in range 0 100 e n SCORM 2004 the raw score submitted to LMS is a normalized value in range 0 100 if the first condition Percents of correct answers is chosen Otherwise it is an absolute value Minimum value oet a numerical value no range Free setting e Note that if you select percentage then this value cannot exceed Exporting The Project Exporting To Flash Simulation 152 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 100 Misc Options In this tab define how the presentation would end General Advanced Miscellaneous Presentation End Behavior Ask to restart or close presentation in Demonstration and Tutorial mode Show report in Practice and Test mode The following options are offered Ask to restart or Whether asking viewers to restart or close at the end of presentation or close presentation not When unselected the exported presentation will stop silently at the in Demonstration last slide and the window is left open This behavior is applicable only in and Tutorial mode Demonstration and Tutorial modes
135. drag sources that can be dropped onto the drop target Accepted Defines drag sources that can be dropped onto the drop area and optionally Drag Sources score actions to be taken for each dropped source for Drop Area Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 175 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Choice for The tab checks whether the user has chosen the correct option and also Multiple optionally responds to each option chosen for example display a hint Choice message as to why this is not the correct choice and ask the user to try again Question Choice for The tab allows the user to select multiple responses and optionally allocate Multiple different point for each response Response Question Answer for Defines correct answer for the Drag n Drop Question The answer consists of Drag n Drop multiple drag source drop target pairs Question Also defines overall score for the question or partial score for each drag source drop target pair Settings Defines the behavior of the interactive presentation when the user is not responding well It defines the maximum allowable number of attempts whether to pause the presentation to wait for the user s input and the maximum allowed time limit On Correct Defines the action to be taken when the user gives a correct response On Incorrect Defines the action to be taken when the user gives an incorrect r
136. ds shapes commentary images audio video clips etc 3 Makingit interactive Optional Optionally the teacher presenter adds interactive elements typically questions and quizzes and also defines how the presentation should behave when the student gives a correct answer an incorrect answer or does not respond within the stipulated time A presentation behaves differently to the user depending upon his previous answer and what he is doing on the screen at that moment 4 Exporting Rendering The teacher presenter renders the output exports the files Broadly the outputs fall in three different categories e Interactive presentation HTML5 Flash viewed in a browser e Video with audio e Documents Excel Word PowerPoint PDF Images HTML slide show General Basic Screencasting Concepts 15 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Depending upon the output it is used by either the teacher presenter himself to teach his course or by the students or course participants to study practice the subject on their own Actual delivery The actual delivery may be in a classroom setting on a projector or via a remote network where the student goes through the presentation using his browser and or reads the documents using a PDF reader or Microsoft Office LibreOffice Assessment Optional The students may be required to take tests These may be used by the teacher presenter to rank the students or to screen them for pro
137. e Now this file can be edited further in Microsoft PowerPoint or LibreOffice Calc Microsoft PowerPoint olides are converted into PowerPoint slides This exported ppt pptx file can be edited further in Microsoft PowerPoint or LibreOffice Impress HTML5 Simulation Presentation is exported as a set of files HTML CSS JavaScript using HTML5 standard so it can run on most modern browsers Internet Explorer 9 or later Google Chrome Mozilla FireFox Safari on various devices and platforms Windows MacOS Linux iOS Android The presentation can also run on older browsers such as Internet Explorer 7 Exporting The Project Overview Of Exporting Options 101 ActivePresenter User Manual and 8 if Adobe Flash Player or Microsoft Silverlight plugin is installed Version 5 5 Flash Simulation Presentation is exported as a set of HTML files with Flash content to be viewed in a browser These options are explained in details in below sections Exporting The Project Overview Of Exporting Options 102 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Exporting To Images Typical uses of exported images are to create brochures handouts and posters for the training Images are also useful to translate the training in another format such as PowerPoint To export the project to images click EXPORT gt Images lez General Options General Advanced Rendering Options Include Clo
138. e selected objects Shapes CN Insert a Shape Interactions L i Insert an interactive object Text Caption Insert a Text Caption Order el Change the z order of the selected objects O Order gt Bring to Ctrl Home Brings the selected object to the top of z order Front Menus Toolbars And Shortcuts HOME Tab 305 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Order Bring Ctrl PageUp i Brings the selected object one level upward in Forward the z order Order Send to Ctrl End CA Sends the selected object to the bottom of the Back z order Order Send Ctrlt PageDn E sends the selected object one level downward Backward in the z order Align em Align the selected objects Quick Style uf Quickly set the style fill line shadow and text SC for the selected objects Fill a Change the fill for the selected objects Line p Change the line for the selected objects L Shadow Change the shadow for the selected objects Find Ctrl F H Find the occurrence of text in objects in specified slides Replace Ctrl H es Replace the occurrence of text by specified text abc Project Settings d View and edit the project s settings oLIDE Tab Tool Default Icon Remarks Shortcut Blank d Insert a blank slide Capture Inserting new slides by fresh capturing p g y p Images Inserting images as slides create new slides and insert images from disk as their Menus
139. e SCORM Package Mo Package Version 1 0 Organization Title Itern Title These are SCORM related options Identifier SCORM PACKAGE Untitled Presentation Untitled Version 5 5 Parameter Options Remarks Generate No If your LMS supports both 1 2 and 2004 versions of SCORM SCORM SCORM1 2 please choose 2004 version the latest version Package SCORM 2004 Package Specify a version that can be used to differentiate manifests Version with the same identifier For example if you are uploading the same project after modifying it provide a different version number Identifier Specify a name used by the LMS to identify different manifests This value is generated automatically by ActivePresenter but you can change it if needed Organization Specify a title for the organization which this item belongs to ActivePresenter automatically generates this value from Exporting The Project Exporting To Microsoft PowerPoint Presentation 135 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Title project name However you can enter a difference text Item Title opecify a title for the item ActivePresenter automatically generates this value from project name However you can enter a difference text Exporting The Project Exporting To Microsoft PowerPoint Presentation 136 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Exporting To HTML5 Simulation HTMLS5 Simulation is introd
140. e and create noise Use a microphone with a wind shield they are available in two forms foam cover or diaphragm oetting Up Your Equipment Correctly Make sure your computer table is not wobbly and your keyboard is stable on an even surface Keep your keyboard as away from microphone as possible otherwise you will end up recording the tapping noise Avoid hammering your keyboard when you type Place a folded cloth under the keyboard to soften its sound If the microphone is kept too near your nose it will pick up the noise of your breathing If the microphone is kept too near your mouth it will catch the puff of air whenever you speak a fricative consonant General Tips For Recording Some people prefer to record live They explain even as they are operating the target application However not many people can do this simultaneously Therefore it may be best for you to record the narration as the last operation after you have recorded the slides and added the other objects Many people are at a loss for words when they are trying to find the best way to express something especially when you are also operating a software They typically fill the gaps with um and ah This is extremely irritating for your audience To avoid this problem create an outline plot of your presentation story and a script beforehand Recording narration for the entire slide at a time may be difficult because you don t remember exactly what co
141. e and wait for the user input A pause mark can be seen in the Time Bars of Interaction type objects only The placement of this mark is decided by the time you set in the Settings tab of the Event Editor to pause the presentation You cannot drag this mark in the Timeline to change its timing Note that the length of the Time Bar after the pause mark is only nominal because you cannot predict how long the user will wait before responding Therefore the longer the actual pause the longer the Time Bar actually gets Freeze frame The Freeze frame control is superimposed on the time bar of an audio video object e Incase of a video object the yellow diamond shows the onset of frame freeze in case of a video object and the yellow band shows the duration of the pause during which the last frozen frame will be Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Timeline Pane 232 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 displayed e Incase of an audio object the yellow diamond shows the onset of silence and the yellow band shows the duration of the silence For details Refer to the Objects appendix Putting Multiple Objects In A Line In Timeline You can organize multiple objects which are displayed sequentially in a line in Timeline This is especially useful when you annotating a long video with dozens of shapes TIMELINE g99 n31 b He 9909 25 5 amp 5 0 00 0 05 0 10 0 15 0 20 0 25 S3 He Objects
142. e correct option he earns these points If he selects the incorrect option he earns no points 2 Click on the radio button of the correct option In this example Answer 1 is the correct option 3 Sometimes the answers are not strictly right wrong Even the other answers may be partially right but some of them may be preferable To handle such situation select the Score by choice check box This activates the Points column in the pane below Now allocate different points to each option to differentiate between non preferable and preferable answers In each row double click in the cell in the Points column and enter points 4 Apart from allocating the points you may also want to respond to the user e g You can state why his answer is wrong followed by the try again message To do this click on the Action by choice check box Immediately the Actions column appears in the pane below Now double click in each row in this column and from the drop down list that appears select an action You can enter multiple actions for any given choice This example shows two actions for Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 183 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 each answer 5 These buttons are used to organize the Action rows within a given answers You cannot change the order of the answers simply because the answers need not be in a particular e Click in the Action column first and then click on F
143. e frame follows the mouse pointer Window around the screen Follow Mouse As long as the pointer is within the capture frame the frame does not move Cursor But when the mouse pointer crosses any side of the frame the frame starts following it Panning oet the speed in pixel s at which the frame will start following your mouse opeed pointer Note that very high speeds are unsettling for the viewers because the small capture frame presents a blinkered view to begin with and at high pan speeds the user won t realize which area of the screen you are at Use this facility sparingly because the viewer will get a blinkered view of the target application which is often irritating Instead of this feature consider using the pan n zoom feature which zooms in from full screen view to a small area and zooms back as soon as the detail is shown Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Capture Profile Editor 167 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 The Audio amp Video Tab This tab provides more choices for the Full Motion Recording FMR mode and audio General Audio amp Video Cursor Annotation Hotkeys Video Settings Video Codec Flash Screen Video w Frame Rate 30 Frames s Key Frame Every 30 Frames zs Quality 100 Audio Settings Audio Codec 16 bit PCM w Sample Rate Hz w Channels Stereo w Quality 100 It contains two sections 1 Video Settings 2 Audio Settings Both s
144. e main object in the main window Careful f you double click on an element of the object this editor will not pop up 3 Select the object in Canvas pane or Timeline pane and then go to the INTERACTION tab and click Event In case of drop targets you have only one option to launch the Event Editor window edit the Accept List property of the drop target from the Drag n Drop page in Properties pane For each type of interaction the Event Editor will have to define different behaviors Each aspect of the behavior is covered by a separate tab The structure of a given tab does not change from object to object Thus the Event Manager employs a different set of tabs for each interaction The tabs are described below Tab Defines Mouse Click Defines correct mouse activities e g single left click double left click right click etc with or without modifier keys such as SHIFT CTRL and ALT and optionally score actions to be taken for each specific activity Key Stroke Defines correct hot keys and optionally score actions to be taken for each hot Key Text Defines the reference text strings against which the user s input is to be compared And optionally defines score actions to be taken for each specific text string Accepted Defines drag sources that can be dropped onto the drop target and optionally Drag Sources actions to be taken for each dropped source im Also defines maximum number of accepted
145. e presentation is played this object displays nothing initially and waits for the user to enter a hot key such as CTRL SHIFT P It ignores text strings entered by the user Objects Introduction To Objects 259 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 You can change the Show in Mode property to choose in which modes the Target Area 1 should be displayed e lf the entered hot key matches the reference ActivePresenter displays the On Correct type message 2 e lf the entered text does not match the reference ActivePresenter displays the On Incorrect type message 3 Apart from this primary behavior the object also has secondary behaviors To set up all behaviors of the object double click on the Target area This launches Event Editor with the object s current settings in the following tabs Keystroke Settings On Correct On Incorrect On Timeout On Rollover and On Rollout Mouse Hover The Mouse Hover is an interactive object It consists of two separate elements as shown below In a rendered interactive presentation the object functions as follows When the mouse rolls over the Target area 1 the object displays the Hint message 2 Apart from this primary behavior the object can execute any number of additional tasks as defined in its interaction tabs It responds to two events mouse rollover and rollout Apart from this primary behavior the object also has secondary behaviors To set up all behav
146. e selected text or the text in the selected objects Strikethrough Ctrl Shift S abe otrikethrough the selected text or the text in the selected objects Text Color A Change the text color for the selected text or objects Highlight Color B Highlight the selected text or the text in the selected objects Subscript Ctrl X3 Format the selected text as subscript Menus Toolbars And Shortcuts HOME Tab 304 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Superscript Ctrl Shift vi Format the selected text as superscript Insert Symbol CH Insert symbol to the editing text Insert Hyperlink En Make the selected text link to a webpage Remove Hyperlink E Remove the link to a webpage from the selected text Numbering ES Add numbering to the selected text Bullets Add bullets to the selected text Decrease Indent i Increase the indent of the selected text Increase Indent f Decrease the indent of the selected text Align Text Left Ctrl L Align the selected text or the text in the selected objects left Align Text Center Ctrl E Align the selected text or the text in the selected objects center Align Text Right Ctrl R Align the selected text or the text in the selected objects right Justify Ctrl J SE Justify the selected text or the text in the selected objects Text Vertical Align Change the vertical alignment of the text in th
147. e slide Shape Adds a shape on around the point of interest ActivePresenter offers a choice of 44 shapes rectangle oval arrows cross diamond call outs etc Text Caption Adds text to explain highlight something Highlight Overlays a colored semitransparent area on some part of the screen to highlight it Spotlight Overlays a dark screen on the display area and allow only a certain area to be fully visible This creates an effect like we are watching a dark screen with a search light Objects gt Overview Of Objects 249 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Feedback Adds a widget that displays the user s activity on screen only applicable in an interactive presentation Cursor Path Manipulates the movement and clicks of the mouse to simulate that the user of the application is using his mouse in that manner Zoom n Pan During rendering zooms in the virtual camera on some interesting part of the screen to show in more detail Closed Closed Captions are like subtitles on a movie text that can be read at the Caption bottom of the screen It is optional The viewer has the control whether to display CC on his screen Image Adds an image in the slide Audio Adds an audio clip in a slide Video Adds a video clip Note that the video can be re sized to cover the whole screen or projected on a part of the screen Interaction Objects The interactive objec
148. e slide when rendered Show in mode State whether you want to show this element in the Demonstration Tutorial Practice and Test modes Default Action In edit mode when you insert any interaction object ActivePresenter automatically adds one action to be performed by default see the Event Editor You can use this control to choose the action that will be inserted as default scoring Max attempts points After the viewer has exceeded the maximum allowed attempts the interaction is abandoned and the control takes the actions defined for the On Incorrect event Attached You can select which messages to attach with the selected element iui d e Correct When the viewer s answer is correct e Incorrect When the viewer s answer is incorrect e Incomplete When the viewer s answer is incomplete e Hint A helpful hint the viewer can hover the mouse on the element to see it e Timeout When the viewer does not respond within predefined time Click sound A default sound is shown But you can use another sound to create a clicking sound e The button lets you select a sound from the library e The button lets you delete the current selection Customizing ActivePresenter gt Customizing The Preferences 322 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 e The P button lets you play the currently selected sound Question Button Allows you to insert up to four different butt
149. e slide you may have to give dominance to other track s This is where the Adjust Volume control is helpful When you click on the gd button the following window pops up Volume 5 100 Mute Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Timeline Pane 241 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Note that this is a relative volume scale with a default value of 100 original volume It can adjust the volume from 0 mute to 500 original volume x 5 You can use the Mute check box to quickly silence the track e The original track is not affected at all You can revert to the original volume at any time e lf this control is used to mute a track it does not affect the original duration of the track because unlike the Freeze frame control this control does not insert an additional period of silence In short the trick is to first set a range and then select each of the audio video objects and adjust their volumes individually Only the dominant track will retain its full volume or it may even be boosted while you will lower the volume for the non dominant tracks or even mute them altogether These adjustments would be applied within the range only oet another range in another part of the time axis and repeat this This time a different track may be dominant ActivePresenter displays the audio waveform proportional to its actual volume So if you have applied volume control within a range or muted the trac
150. e strip show how many colors are used to compose the gradient This example shows four stops which means it uses four colors However observe that the two stops in the middle use the same white color That is to ensure that the white band in the middle is of sufficient width Click anywhere in the strip 3 to add a new stop at that spot You can click on any stop to make it active An active stop has a red border The Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Properties Pane 209 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 controls 5 6 and 7 are meant to edit the properties of this active stop In our example the right most stop is active shown with red border The triangle shows its color green The Position control 5 shows 8696 meaning this stop is at 86 of the total length You can drag the stop with mouse The Position box 5 will reflect the new position of the stop The Color 6 shows the current color of the stop To change the stop s color click on the drop down arrow and from the swatch that appears select another color The opacity of the stop can be changed with the controls 7a slider and 7b input box To delete any stop first select it and then click on the button Image fill Image Fill Stretch From Library From File Opacity This option fills the shape with an image The controls are as follows First select how the shape is to be filled 1
151. e to the desired folder and select an image file The list of all images appears in the left pane as shown Note that ActivePresenter displays the size of each image This lets you adjust your canvas size to fit the largest of the images to avoid clipping To remove any image from the list click on it and then click the button To change the order of the images select any image and then click on the f or buttons to move it up or down in the list ActivePresenter shows a preview of the selected image in the right pane You can flip or rotate the image using the four buttons at the bottom of the right pane If you select the Use images as objects option each image will be inserted on a different slide as an object But if you do not select this option then ActivePresenter will place each image as the background of each slide 5 Click the OK button A new project is launched with all the selected images The next step is to edit this project The editing techniques are described in the next chapter Creating A Blank Project This is the fourth content generation method where you get a blank canvas Now wait a minute Why would you need a blank project without any content The answer is to create a hybrid project that has a bit of everything Slides from other ActivePresenter projects images video audio clips etc To launch a blank project launch ActivePresenter and in the welcome screen select the New Project op
152. ect Advanced Editing 92 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Localizing The Project Localization is the process of adapting your project for use in a specific country region with a particular language culture and desired local look and feel If you are creating a demonstration or simulation of a certain application that supports multiple languages you may need to localize your project for each language With ActivePresenter you can do it easily thanks to the slide backgrounds replacement and the text translation features Localizing Process Before doing localization make sure that you have finished editing the original project usually in English To localize your project do the following steps 1 Export texts in your project to XLIFF format 2 Translate texts in the exported XLIFF file using any tool that supports XLIFF 1 2 e g Swordfish Translation Editor 3 Replace the original slide backgrounds with the new ones that are captured in the new language 4 Import the translated XLIFF file into the project that its slide backgrounds have been replaced in step 3 5 Test the localized version of your project make sure that all screenshot images are replaced all texts are properly translated and displayed The next sections will describe each step in detail Exporting To XLIFF XLIFF XML Localization Interchange File Format is an XML based format created to standardize the way localizable data are passed bet
153. ected track is an audio track the effect is to insert an interval of silence In the older versions of ActivePresenter you can insert Freeze Frames into an audio video by using the Insert Silence Freeze Frame gt tool in Timeline From version 5 5 this tool is superseded by a more powerful tool Insert Time di To insert a freeze frame control in an audio video track select the audio video object you can select multiple objects at once then click on the Ruler where you want to pause the video This activates the Insert Time button in the toolbar of the Timeline pane Click on this button Now a yellow diamond and bar will get superimposed on the host time bar e f you had defined a range in the previous step the yellow bar is adjusted to this range However the usual practice is to drag the diamond and the right side edge of the yellow band During this drag operation ActivePresenter shows you precise time stamp on the Ruler as in case of entrance exit markers Objects Introduction To Objects 299 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 e Each Freeze frame control extends the host track by its duration In other words if you insert an x second pause in an audio video clip its total duration will be increased by x seconds e Youcan insert any number of Freeze frame controls in any selected track The only condition is that two Freeze frame controls cannot overlap Keep in mind that each Freeze frame control will further
154. ections are unrelated but placed on the same tab for convenience These sections are explained below Video Settings The video settings section has three options Option Remarks Video codec ActivePresenter offers a choice of four video codecs 1 Flash Screen Video lossless Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Capture Profile Editor 168 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 2 MPEG lossy 3 MPEC2 lossy 4 H264 MPEG 4 AVC lossy When the flash codec is selected ActivePresenter uses the lossless algorithm in encoding to preserve the quality But when you select the MPEG1 or MPEG2 or H264 codec ActivePresenter down samples the video data resulting in reduced file size but at the cost of irreversible loss of video detail Frame rate A higher frame rate would increase the size of the recorded video It may also overload simpler computers because the computer not only has to run all the applications but capture those screens in real time In the worst case you will see dropped frames in the captured video On the other hand a lower frame record will appear jerky This especially happens with rates lower than 15 frames s Besides you may miss capturing some low duration events something that just flashes on the screen and vanishes The most commonly used range is 20 30 frames s Key frames every x frames This is the number of continuous non key frames between key frames When
155. ed you may find them useful on another occasion Here are a couple of tricks to solve this dilemma 1 oave a backup copy of project and then start deleting the slides Effectively you will be creating two different versions of the same presentation one full version and a few abridged versions If you want to follow this approach it would be best to do this at the very end of the project where you have edited all slides Otherwise you will end up editing the same slides for each version Create a master repository project that holds all slides on a given subject As you create new content keep adding it to the master project Reorganize the slides from time to time Whenever you need to create a new project start by taking a copy of this master project and then trim it ruthlessly Editing Project Properties Project properties fall in three categories 1 Properties of the project such as size of the canvas total number of slides and the total run time for the presentation the size of the project file the date on which the project was created and last modified This information is provided by ActivePresenter and is non editable Properties that you can edit such as the author s name and any remarks that you may wish to attach to the project s file such as client name conference detail the type of outputs for this project etc The JavaScript code which is executed when loading the project You use this pro
156. ed on Snap Behavior and an On Accept event is triggered If a dropped source is rejected it will be sent back to its original position and an On Reject event is triggered When users select this property a button appears Click on this button to launch the Event Editor for the selected drop target In the Event Editor users can edit the Accepted Drag Sources list specify actions for On Accept On Reject events o Accept Audio The short audio played when the selected drop targets accept a dropped source You can also define it in the On Accept tab of the drop target s Event Editor o Reject Audio The short audio played when the selected drop targets reject a dropped source You can also define it in the On Reject tab of the drop target s Event Editor Editing A Project Advanced Editing 86 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Note In case of Drop Area a special drop target object On Correct and On Incorrect are triggered instead of On Accept and On Reject e Snap Behavior Specify properties of drag sources after they are dropped onto one of selected drop targets o Size In percentage of drag sources original sizes o Opacity From 0 to 255 The higher the value the more opaque the drag sources o Position Absolute The drag sources remain at the same position where users drop them Anchor The drag sources snap to an anchor in the drop target Users can select one of nine anchors in the dropdown list e
157. eeeeseeeseeeeeneenennnnnenne nnns 246 Using Output Language Editor EE 247 Gee TH HE E EE E 249 AUAM o m 249 Annotation ObJje6etS tussusae suctus vau t brace AUR eu tap in e RU RA boe Sacs d ae epus as iras dS aperta rd ue aL 249 Era ey ee is Bele EN LU UU aum 250 General Properties Of Obiects nennen nennen nnne nnn nnn nnns nnns 251 OBI CCU SIVICS TP E Em 255 Haid golo Sci fo Qu Kos 0 sic i e N 257 MOUSE elle C 257 TOBO 4S 258 Ge EE 259 MOUSE Le renia iia tacto mdi dim cimi dni edi dpa PO idi dum E din dao 260 DODA elus i cM Nc IM DU NIMM MM D I DIM EM EM 260 SEI ER E false EE 261 Question Multiple Choi E 262 Ell El del Amice ir EO T EE 264 QUEST ON 9E ER 265 Question Fill dg ae Blank nsi HAE E EE EE 267 Question Fill In Multiple Blank 268 Table of Contents 8 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Questiones SSOUC EE 270 oueshon Drag DOD EEN 272 PADE E E E eee ne ae 273 MEE looi EE 274 milenio e err mr A A 2 4 SS DONIS ceps sp s EP Cp DE EU DE IE MM E M UD M I E 274 Wr mc 275 eiu imeem 275 Sedul LLL 276 Adding Ay Glick PON NR OE EET 281 GOompOsing A MOUSE GREEN 281 Continuation Of Cursor Path Between Slides cccccccccsecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeessaeeeseeeesseeees 281 Voie E S IL tre tr nner mer tr amen ae reoe 282 closed Caption serne E E T date ec EE 284 Adjusting Closed Captions In TheGlde nnn 287
158. enter User Manual Version 5 5 Project Mame Untitled Savein C Users VIETPHUONG Documents ActvePresenter Unt Record Software Demonstration Record full motion video for demonstration with highest quality Record Movie Streaming Video Record movie or streaming video with high speed dene cu Smart Capture With Auto FMR Create slide based training materials with Auto Full Motion Recording Smart Capture Blank Project Create slide based training materials without Auto Full Motion Recording Ca dem The different parts of the screen work as follows 1 This section offers the four methods of launching a new project The Capture method is selected by default Leave it selected In this section give a name to the new project and select the folder to store it Remember that if you plan to insert any videos in this project the disk must have enough space for those videos apart from the captured project s size This section lists the four profiles of capturing Record Software Demonstration Record Movie Streaming Video Smart Capture with FMR and Smart Capture At this time we will select the Record Software Demonstration capture profile the appendix explains how to select or create an appropriate profile for a given purpose The controls at the right allow you to edit these default capture profiles and even create your own profiles Refer to appendix for details When you press OK ActivePresenter now needs to know
159. entering while capturing If you are pressing a key the value is the key that you ve pressed If you are entering text into a text box then the value is the text you ve entered The Hot keys Tab This tab contains all the hot keys used by ActivePresenter for various functions General Interaction Annotation Commands ActrvePresenter Quick Access Toolbar Annotation Format Export Localize View Help Drawing Canvas Timeline The GUI works as follows Auto Annotation Text Hotkeys Miscellaneous Tabbed Toolbar Current hot key Currently assigned to Restore Defaults Cancel Apply 1 All the major functions of ActivePresenter are grouped functionally in a hierarchical tree Customizing ActivePresenter Customizing The Preferences 330 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 The tree consists of nodes like Project Edit View etc Each node contains a group of related functions To open any node click on the button on the left of it The node expands to show the options contained in it 2 Click on any option to set its hot key 3 The hot key that is currently assigned to this activity in this case to start a new capture project is displayed here You can remove the assigned hot key To assign a new hot key to the function first click in the input box and then press the hot Key In this example we have pressed CTRL C which is automatically captured and displayed in t
160. er Manual Version 5 5 Please exercise caution and use it at your own risk Copyrights All copyrights for the ActivePresenter software belong to Atomi Systems Inc The copyrights of the other applications mentioned in this manual e g Microsoft PowerPoint Adobe Acrobat Reader LibreOffice etc belong to their respective developers Due care is taken to use original material in this manual Nevertheless if you see any copyright infringement in the manual please send us an e mail so that immediate actions can be taken Version Numbers The version of ActivePresenter software is denoted with a three part version number such as 5 5 0 The version number of this manual is derived from the software s version number by placing a serially incrementing number as a suffix For example the second User Manual written for version 5 5 0 of ActivePresenter will have version number 5 5 0 2 Getting The Latest User Manual The header of each page right corner carries the version number of the manual If you want to check whether you have the latest version of the manual click on the header This will launch a browser and load the manual download page Compare the version numbers and if your version is outdated download the latest version To replace the old version with a later version you have to move the downloaded file to the installation folder of ActivePresenter and named it in the form Help langcode pdf where lt langcode g
161. ere are some exceptions e The background image has no Time Bar because it remains unchanged You cannot vary its properties over time e The objects which are show by event Although they have duration but they have no specified start time so they are not represented in Timeline e he sub objects of composite objects have no Time Bar They use the timing values from top level parent Changing The Timing Duration Of An Object You can change the timing and duration of any element Using ActivePresenter Windows gt Using The Timeline Pane 229 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 e Moving just one end of a Time Bar changes the duration of that object o To change the start moment move the left side edge of the bar horizontally by clicking on it and dragging the mouse m o To change the end moment move the right side edge of the bar horizontally by clicking on it and dragging the mouse 2 e You cannot change the duration of audio video clips because their duration depends on the content e To shift an element on the time scale without changing its duration click anywhere in the middle of its Time Bar and drag horizontally 93e The entire Time Bar moves along the time axis Drop it wherever required e You can also shift multiple elements simultaneously in such a way that their relative timing remains undisturbed To do this first select multiple elements and then drag the entire group horizontally To make a grou
162. erent style changing the stroke and fill colors text shadow etc The behavioral properties are accessible only through the Properties pane or the ACTIVEPRESENTER gt Preferences menu option where you have to enter values and then check how that has changed the behavior of the object In the following sections we will take up all objects one by one and understand their properties Since the physical properties are similar in all objects we will check them out first Property Remarks Name Name of the element This is simply a unique name generated by ActivePresenter Report ID This unique reference number is used for reporting the test result Only text contains alphanumeric characters A Z a z 0 9 and underscore are allowed maximum length 250 characters Password Field This property is only available for Text Box It is used to simulate the typing in a password field in the video or simulation outputs Transform The size and position of the frame that is used to define the shape measured from the top left corner of the canvas eft Left edge of the frame Top Top edge of the frame Width Width of the frame Objects General Properties Of Objects 252 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Height Height of the frame Rotation Rotate the object by specified degree in slide coordinates The rotation center is the center point of the frame that is use
163. erties Shadow The shadow properties Drag n Drop The drag n drop properties See the Creating Drag and Drop Interactions section for more details Accessibility Define properties that make the object accessible by viewer with disabilities when viewing the project output Objects General Properties Of Objects 254 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Focusable Define whether the object can receive focus when viewer navigates using the Mouse or the Tab key This property is available only for Mouse Click and Mouse Hover object Text Box is always focusable If this property is enabled in the HTML5 output e he object gains focus automatically when it is displayed if no object in the content has focus at that time e When the object has focus pressing the Enter or Space key is the same as clicking on the object i e actions for Left click event that are defined in the object s Event Editor will be executed e When the object has focus the object outline yellow dotted by default will be displayed if the Enable visual focus indicator option is selected when exporting to HTML5 e Viewer can navigate between focusable objects by pressing the Tab key if the Enable keyboard navigation option is selected when exporting to HTML5 Auto Label If this property is selected accessibility text will be generated automatically from the text that the object displays or the object name if it doesn t contain any te
164. es Event Editor with the object s current settings in the following tabs Settings On Correct On Incorrect On Incomplete and On Timeout To set up the reference text for each answer double click on each input box Note To reach the input box you may have to click on the answer first and then click on the input box Once the input box is selected you can double click on it This launches Event Editor with the current settings for this specific answer Each tab of the Event Editor defines the object s response to a different event as shown below Value On Rollover and On Rollout Repeat this for each input box for each answer You have to set up the behavior of each button separately Double click on the button to launch Event Editor with the button s current settings in the following tabs On Click On Hollover and On Rollout Question Sequence The Question Sequence is an interactive object The default Question Sequence object consists of six separate elements as shown below Objects gt Introduction To Objects 270 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Type the question here ype the answer here ype the answer here ype the answer here ype the answer here EIEIEJRTEI However you have the option to add remove answers add a Hint message and three buttons Clear Skip and Back which function as follows Clear Clear all user input on the question e g make text fields empty uncheck radio b
165. es L Name BE Desktop Oe images m Downloads index Recent places ce SkyDrive b Homegroup cb This PC H BN oil NM Etapes Sans titre w WEB APPS M1 L1 CE 0 05 1 Double clic ici 2 Double clic ici w AJAX 3 Double clic sur Name zone de texte w index 4 Double clic sur Name zone de texte images 5 Cliquer sur Items View boite de liste 6 Cliquer sur Items View boite de liste Cacher la liste de diapositives EN NE Using ActivePresenter Windows Using Output Language Editor 248 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Objects In this appendix you will learn the best uses of each type of object in a presentation and also how to control its properties Overview Of Objects In ActivePresenter the objects belong to two different categories e Objects that are used for annotation e Objects that are used to interact with the user Annotation Objects The annotation objects add value to the slide visually but they do not interact with the user by responding to his different actions Thus they do not change the course of the presentation in response to the user inputs such as going to a certain slide pausing resuming etc They are as follows Object Typical uses Screenshot Adds a screenshot of anything on the screen This could be a website a TV grab a still from a movie etc The screenshot can be inserted as an object in a slide or as background of th
166. es S Insert a Shape Text Caption A Insert a Text Caption Highlight Insert a Highlight Spotlight Insert a Spotlight Feedback Insert a Feedback object Gesture Effects Insert a Gesture Effect Cursor Path Insert a Cursor Path s d 2 Zoom n Pan Insert a Zoom n Pan object t me Insert a Closed Caption CC object or insert a CC line into an existing CC object Closed Caption A A Image Insert an Image Screenshot gt Window d H Capture a window Capture an object D Screenshot Object Screenshot Full Capture the full screen Screen ocreenshot Capture an application or rectangular area Application or Region D Menus Toolbars And Shortcuts ANNOTATION Tab 308 ActivePresenter User Manual Screenshot Options Capture Window Shadow Version 5 5 Screenshot option to capture the shadow of the target window when not maximized Screenshot Options Process Rounded Corners Screenshot option to keep rounded corners of target window instead of sharp corners Screenshot gt Options gt Use Opaque Background Screenshot option to use opaque borders of the target window instead of translucent transparent borders Screenshot gt Options gt Show Usage Guide Screenshot option to show tooltip on how to use Audio Click the icon to insert an Audio from external audio file Click the d
167. esenter will display message 87 when the user rolls his mouse on the main box of the interaction ActivePresenter provides internal reference numbers to each message 2 hese buttons are used to organize the list of actions The F button adds a new entry in the pane The button removes the selected entry The and buttons move the selected row up and down in the stack The On Rollout Tab This tab is used by the Mouse Click Text Box Key Stroke and Mouse Hover interactions It defines the behavior when the user rolls the mouse offthe main area of the interaction Using ActivePresenter Windows gt Using The Event Editor 196 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 On Rollover On Rollout Actions to be performed when user moves the mouse out of this object 4 Action l Hide Object Hint Message 29 The GUI works as follows 1 The actions are listed in a stack They are executed in the order of appearance top to bottom In this example the ActivePresenter will display message 87 when the user rolls his mouse off the main box of the interaction ActivePresenter provides internal reference numbers to each message 2 These buttons are used to organize the list of actions The F button adds a new entry in the pane The button removes the selected entry The f and buttons move the selected row up and down in the stack The On Accept Tab This tab is used by drop target objects It defines a
168. esponse On Defines the behavior of the interactive presentation when the user has not Incomplete completed his answer On Timeout Defines the behavior of the interactive presentation when the user fails to respond within the time limit defined in the Settings tab On Rollover Defines the behavior of the interactive presentation when the user rolls the mouse over the main area of the interaction On Rollout Defines the behavior of the interactive presentation when the user rolls the mouse off the main area of the interaction On Accept Defines actions to be taken when the drop target accepts a drag source On Reject Defines actions to be take when the drop target rejects a drag source The Mouse Click Tab The Mouse click tab provides interaction and point allocation for mouse clicks optionally with Using ActivePresenter Windows gt Using The Event Editor 176 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 modifier keys such as SHIFT CTRL and ALT 1 V ouse Click Settings On Correct On Incorrect On Timeout On Rollover On Rollout Points Action by event Event Actions Open Webpage http youtube com Left click Continue Presentation Send Email Ctrl Left click End Presentation Ctrl Shift Left click Continue Presentation Alt Right click Go to Slide ID 1 Click on Close butto Ctrl Shitt Alt Right click Go Backward 1 slide Left double click End Presentation Cancel The
169. ever you have the option to add a Hint message and three buttons Clear Skip and Back which function as follows Clear Clear all user input on the question e g make text fields empty uncheck radio button check box Skip Go to the next slide Back Go to the previous slide Submit Get user input evaluate and execute suitable actions User can change these default behaviors by editing On Click actions of these buttons from the Event Editor window Select the question then double click the button to launch the Event Editor Objects gt Introduction To Objects 267 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 In the rendered presentation the object functions as follows Only the question 2 the answer box 3 and the Submit button 7 are displayed The user is expected to click inside the box and enter some text When the user responds the presentation compares the answer with the reference answer which is previously defined by the author e lf the answer is correct the actions defined in On Correct tab are taken which typically is to display the On Correct response 4 e lf the answer is incorrect the actions defined in On Incorrect tab are taken which typically is to display the On Incorrect response 5 e lf the user tries to leave the answer incomplete the actions defined in the On Incomplete tab are executed which typically is to display the On Incomplete response 6 Apar
170. exported video If you specify the Video Size or Height option the Width option is automatically calculated based on the original size of project Height The height of exported video If you specify the Video Size or Width option the Height option is automatically calculated based on the original size of project Frame Rate Set between 1 and 30 fps frames per second Key Frame Specify the number of frames between which we must have a key frame default 3 Frame Rate Quality Select in the range 1 100 Higher the number better the quality and larger the file size Audio Option Remarks Exporting The Project gt Exporting To Video 108 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Channels Select from mono stereo Bit Rate Select from 64 96 128 192 256 320 kbps This option is only available for AVI MP4 FLV and WMV formats Sample Rate Select from 11025 22050 44100 and 48000 Hz The 48000 Hz option is not available for FLV format Quality Select in the range 1 100 Higher the number better the quality and larger the file size This option is only available for WebM format Output Option Remarks Format Select from AVI MP4 WMV WebM MKV and FLV The following video and audio codecs are used for each container format e AVI MS MPEG4 v2 WMA v2 e MP4 H264 Baseline L5 0 ACC e WMV WMV v2 WMA v2 e WebM VP8 Vorbis e
171. ext slide Back Go to the previous slide Submit Get user input evaluate and execute suitable actions User can change these default behaviors by editing On Click actions of these buttons from the Event Editor window Select the question then double click the button to launch the Event Editor In the rendered presentation the object functions as follows Only the question 2 the answer options 3 and the Submit button 7 are displayed The user is expected to enter a descriptive text in response When the user responds the presentation compares the answer with the reference answer which is previously defined by the author Apart from this primary behavior the object also has secondary behaviors To set up all behaviors of the object double click on the Target area This launches Event Editor with the object s current settings in the following tabs Value Settings On Correct On Incorrect Objects gt Introduction To Objects 266 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 On Incomplete and On Timeout You have to set up the behavior of each button separately Double click on the button to launch Event Editor with the button s current settings in the following tabs On Click On Hollover and On Rollout Question Fill In The Blank The Fill in the blank type Question is an interactive object By default it consists of seven separate elements as shown below Type the question here How
172. follows Button Function HH X Selects to view resources either as thumbnails or as items Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Resources Pane 218 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 az Adds an audio video clip from the computer or LAN etc Cp Selects the resources that are unused in the current project ms Hemoves the resource from the Library Project storage area Exports saves the media as a file Ei This button triggers the Audio Video Resource Properties dialog si Show hide toggle the Audio type of media visual filter EH Show hide toggle the Video type of media visual filter 2 This section shows the resources audio and video clips The currently selected resource has a dark blue border around it You can drag any resource from here into the slide 3 You can choose between Library resources or Project resources Keep in mind that initially a new project does not have any internal resources till you add them Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Resources Pane 219 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 The Style Tab Line Red Line Copper Line Yellow Ge Green Line Aqua Line Blue GE Line Violet Line Pink Fill Red mm Show styles in Project Library Images My Audio amp Video P Styles This tab has three sections as marked above 1 This is the
173. for live demo but in an annotated presentation this is a sure sign of laziness Instead use shapes zoom n pan or spotlight 4 The resting periods are important in realistic depiction of the mouse movement In fact they contain the clicking points you cannot click while the mouse is moving 5 When you are narrating something keep the mouse at rest Before clicking any important control first prepare the viewer by a describing which control you are going to click and b what will be the consequence of that action That way he will be able to observe the action closely and correlate the happenings on the Screen It is a poor practice to first do something and then tell the viewer about what you did While he struggles to make sense of what you said he would lose track of what you say next Continuation Of Cursor Path Between Slides Normally when you drag the end points of a cursor path ActivePresenter will also move appropriate end point in previous or next slide to ensure a smooth non abrupt movement of the cursor in the rendered presentation Let us understand this with an example In the following figure the end point of the cursor path 1 on one slide has the same coordinates as the start point of the cursor path 2 in the next slide As result when the rendered presentation transitions from the first slide to the next slide the Objects Introduction To Objects 281 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5
174. ful name It is recommended that the project name has language code suffice e g Skype es approj You can also create a folder for the new language and place the copied project there 2 Capture new project for the new language Change language preferences and settings for the captured application and OS to display the new language if needed Use the same project size width x height as of the original project Use the Smart Capture profile Should name the new captured project a meaningful name e g Skype es captured approj Editing A Project Advanced Editing 94 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 3 Open Slide Background Replacer dialog to replace slide backgrounds in the project copied in step 1 by new ones captured in step 2 e Open the project copied in step 1 Skype es appro e Select LOCALIZE gt Replace Slide Backgrounds gt All Slides From Project e lf you just want to replace some slides select them then choose Selected Slides From Project in LOCALIZE Replace Slide Backgrounds menu e Browse the new project captured in step 2 Skype es captured approj 4 In the Slide Background Replacer dialog arrange new slides on the right in the same order as current slides on the left Arrange new slides on the right in the same order as current slides on the left hen click OK to replace all slide backgrounds on the left pane with the corresponding ones on the right e To move
175. g C The Status Bar also allows you to view and change the zoom scale of the editing project You can find the zoom tools on the most right of the Status Bar General Overview Of ActivePresenter 26 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 ActivePresenter Editions ActivePresenter is available in three different editions with incremental capabilities and pricing Edition Main uses Demo videos Demo videos Documentation Demo videos Documentation Interactive training with score management Free Standard Professional Feature Comparison Export To Images JPEG PNG Yes Yes Yes Export To Video WMV AVI MPEG4 WebM Yes Yes Yes MKV FLV Export To Microsoft Word Yes Yes Export To Microsoft Excel Yes Yes Export To PDF Document Yes Yes Export To HTML Slide Show Yes Yes Export To Microsoft PowerPoint Yes Yes Export To HTML5 Simulation Yes Export To Flash Simulation Yes Export To SCORM 1 2 SCORM 2004 Yes Import From PowerPoint Yes Note e he above table only lists the features which are different between editions e The interactive feature is not available in the video and document outputs due to the nature of these formats General Overview Of ActivePresenter 27 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 oystem Requirements Depending on the deliverable the following are required Operating system Windows XP Windows Vista Windows 7 Windows 8 Hardware
176. g Top Left Top Center Tile The drag sources are arranged so that they fill the drop target but do not cover each other Users can select one of eight tiling direction in the dropdown list e g From Top Left To Right From Top Right To Left Drop Area Drop Areas are drop targets that assess score and keep track of user response For Drop Areas accepted means correct and rejected means incorrect In other words an On Correct or On Incorrect event is triggered when users drop a drag source onto a Drop Area instead of On Accept or On Heject A Drop Area cannot contain more than one dropped source When users drop a new accepted drag source it will replace the old one if any the old one will be sent back to its original position Drop Area i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i 1 Please notice that the Drop Area marker and normal drop target marker have different color A drop target that is not an element of a Drag n Drop Question will be converted to a Drop Area automatically when users connect a drag source to it see Drag Drop Connector section For more details about this type of object see the Drop Area and the Event Editor sections in the Appendix Drag n Drop Question Drag n Drop Question is a type of Question that includes multiple drag sources drop targets and require users who take the output simulation to map them correctly Unlike Drop Area Drag n Drop Question
177. g New Slides By Fresh Capturing nn0nno0nnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrennnnnnrrnnrnnrrrnnrrrerrrenernne 57 Inserting Images As SIGES teinte ish te aded sag a a 57 Inserting Slides From Another TOI eb eie RENI MEME IMEEM 57 Inserting Slides From A PowerPoint Presentation ccccceccseeeceeeeceeeeeeeeceueeseeeseeeeseeeaes 58 Table of Contents 3 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Remong A telo 58 Editing Froject PTODOFLIIGS s iaudisibsudislxbst aio tubes ixbeva o bete aates aso bete alatev ass uibete o ates bote ve OUO 59 0 R16 JAC 0 e A E nee een er ore ere 62 SIC Ct dolci cO tat EL Ree te Peet ae NESCIUS 62 INS SMTING SJel ic EE 65 Arangino be Rei 65 Basic Oe Vun ae 66 large Ee 66 Aligning Objects With Each Other Snapping ccccccceceeceeeeeeeceeeesseeeeseeesseeeeseesessaeeesees 66 Aligning Objects With A Reference CObiect nennen 67 Resizing Objects To A Reference Object nennen nnns 68 Setting The Z Order Of Objects nennen nennen nnnm nnns 69 Helnovina gei GE 70 wellgek8leite e n E 70 Moving The Objects In Timeline nnnm 70 FING HANG Replace TeX rc mnr 71 Removing Objects From Multiple Gldes ccc cccccecccseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeseeeenseeseeeesaees 71 Inserting Objects Into Multiple Slides cceecccseccceeeceeeeceeecceeceueecseecsueecseeseeesueeseeessueensess 72 Changing Object St
178. g Source You can turn any Image Shape Highlight or Text Caption object into a drag source except e Objects show across multiple slides e Objects are showed by Show Object actions Editing A Project gt Advanced Editing 83 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 e Objects are elements of Questions excluding Drag n Drop Question By default a light green marker is displayed to indicate that an object is a drag source This marker is used only in the editor it does not appear in any output format You can also turn off this marker from VIEW Drag n Drop To convert objects into drag sources 1 Select objects Please note that you can converting multiple objects at once 2 Change their Type in Drag n Drop section of the Properties pane to Drag Source k General b Transform Text Margin Timing amp Animations Show InMode Audio Base Style Fill Line Text Shadow IF Fr we FF 0 FF YT Y Drag n Drop 3 None Drag Source C Drop Target Effect Revert as Drag source properties e Effect Specify the effect for selected drag sources The effect is displayed when users drag these objects e Revert Specify whether the selected drag sources are sent back to their original positions if Editing A Project Advanced Editing 84 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 they are dropped outside drop targets Drop Target Any Image Shape Highlight or Text Captio
179. ges ves Seb teens e brat Bel eaa seo erts deans 199 Using Image Resource Properties Window ccccecccsececeeecaeeeceeeeseeeeeeeseueeseeeseueesseesaneesenes 203 eiie re m 204 The rex LMaroin e EET 206 SEAR aS tee GIE 206 e ES aa KEEPS 207 TENNES ECION ET EEN 211 A i gt c 6 10 TTE 213 TING SINAC OW SC CUO arpa terete cto TT 213 TINE FAUGIO SOC Ul ON tes sete teres 214 USNO ME RESOU ESRANGE ee eee ee eee Ee eee o P ee 216 The nrr u c 217 Thenudlo s Video balise Ma Ia MMC I Ii IMEEM 218 Hore i o PRENNENT RERO TETUR 220 Table of Contents 7 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Using THE Selection m cid cae TO ands deaxenecustaaavsdeeceneieunieaa 221 EIS INC mese es o 223 Hime leu nM T T UP 225 Tie Kr d ME NENNT UMEN NNNM 229 Changing The Timing Duration Of An Obert 229 Using The Markers On Time Eege 230 Putting Multiple Objects In A Line In Tmelme eese 233 INSenting ODIestusing PlaViNe ad EE 233 onappirig Ir TI ele E 234 Using The Range Edit Commande esses eene nennen nnn nnns nans 235 ne GUEC OMIM Ee c m EE 236 Tne Delete Comman PCT ICT UR 237 TINS exeun 238 lat Re Lena E ul erm 239 Using The Join Command sesse SEAE 240 Using The Adjust Volume EE 241 Using The Change Playback Speed Commande 243 Productivity NPS FOr TIfiellfle E 243 Using Calibrate Audio Input dialog eeees
180. ghlight where the rest of the screen is not darkened Like the other objects a spotlight too is a Shape object with special attributes Therefore all the discussion of the shapes applies here too There are two exceptions e he Properties pane actually shows the property of the area that lies OUTSIDE the shape not inside it e he Spotlight object doesn t have the rotation property Objects Introduction To Objects 274 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Feedback The Feedback object shows the user s mouse and keyboard activity when the rendered presentation is playing Ctrl shift Alt A When the interactive presentation is run any keyboard or mouse inputs provided by the user are displayed as follows CTRL P LP CTRL Left click e This is useful in on screen demonstration of any software where the audience can clearly see the actions of the presenter Therefore it is placed where it will not obstruct the parts of the screen where action is going on but at the same time it should not be placed too much away from action because in that case your eyes would have to constantly flit to and fro between the action and the indicator which is very tiring The Feedback object doesn t have the rotation property Gesture Effect The Gesture Effect object is usually used in demonstration mode which shows how the viewer interacts with software on the touch screen Basically it looks like an
181. ght to left languages Arabic Hebrew This is global setting that affects all slides but if a slide already has a background image it won t be affected Editing A Project Project Level Editing 60 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 On the Author tab of this window enter all your details General Author Event Copyright Home Page Security New Password Confirm Password File Format Version ActivePresenter 4 5 0 Cancel You can also enter a password for opening the project file Once you set the password you can only open the file if you enter the password This is useful if you have to leave the project file on a public computer where others may fiddle with it Note that this feature is not meant to provide a bullet proof security As with any security system given enough time someone will manage to break in On the Event tab of this window you can enter the JavaScript code which is executed when loading the project Editing A Project Project Level Editing 61 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 General Author Event JavaScript code to be executed when loading the project Editing A Slide o0 far we have collected all the slides we want and more importantly discarded the ones we don t want This is the right time to fine tune each slide by e Modifying the properties of the slide e Adding objects to the slide and editing and arranging them e Adding a narration voi
182. h 4 e Arrow type and size 5 These properties are only available for Line and Arrow shape e Color of the line 6 e Opacity 7 move slider or enter the number 255 fully opaque Inherit See the discussion in the Fill section from the base style The Text Section This section customizes the text placed in the object You have the following options Option Remarks Custom style This section provides multiple formatting options for the text Inherit from See the discussion in the Fill section base style The Shadow Section This section customizes the shadow of the object You have the following options Option Remarks No shadow The shape has no shadow Using ActivePresenter Windows gt Using The Properties Pane 213 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Custom The following options are available shadow e Blur radius The larger the radius the more the diffused the shadow e Angle Angle is measured clockwise with ve x axis as reference e Distance Distance from the main shape Longer distance creates the illusion that the shape is located higher from the slide e Color You can select any color but a dark color is best e Opacity move slider or enter the number 255 fully opaque Inherit from See the discussion in the Fill section base style The Audio Section ActivePresenter allows you to associate a sound with alm
183. h setting of the displaying printing device Color Depth True Colors 24 bit Higher color depth makes the presentation look 256 Colors 8 bit stunning But it also increases the file size When the images are inserted in other files that file also will Grayscale 8 bit become large Format Due to their soecs and compression algorithms JPEG is best suited for pictures while PNG is best suited for computer generated images screenshots drawings Note that JPEG compression is lossy while PNG is lossless so PNG retains crystal clear quality but the downside of PNG is that it does not compress well with pictures very big file size and the decoding when viewing is slower than JPEG However screenshots are compressed better with PNG the file has small size and there is no loss of quality Optimization These are relative compression levels Note that the Level higher the compression level the longer it takes to export e Select None when testing the output e Select Ultra or High when exporting the final result This option is only available if the PNG image format is selected Quality Range 1 to 100 The higher the quality the larger the output file size This option is only available if the JPEG image format is selected Output Location Define the location where the exported images will be placed Exporting The Project gt Exporting To Images 104 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 SCORM Options
184. h Player or Microsoft Silverlight plugin for audio video playback on older browsers which do not support HTML5 Output Location Location Location where the exported files will be placed Exporting The Project Exporting To HTML5 Simulation 141 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Advanced Options General Advanced Miscellaneous Annotation Contents _ Convert to Image As HTML SCORM Options Generate SCORM Package Package Version 1 0 Identifier Organization Title Untitled Item Title Untitled Report score in percentage Report Options Method No Report hy Format Email HTTP address to receive Pass Condition Condition Percents of correct answers not less than 80 Annotation Contents Choose between the following options Convert to image ActivePresenter will convert the annotations to images so it will be displayed just as you see it in the ActivePresenter s Editor window The converted output is browser independent However its downside is the output size will be a little bigger and the annotations lose some of HTML features like clickable hyperlinks So we recommend that you should not choose this feature if you have hyperlinks in your annotation contents As HTML ActivePresenter will preserve the annotation contents as HTML so some of HTML features like clickable hyperlinks are preserved But please note that different web browsers ma
185. h mm ss format The time axis starts with O This is the instant when the slide starts playing 3 This is the Start marker 4 his is the End marker The slice of Timeline between the start marker 3 and the end marker 4 is known as selected range often called just range It is shown darkened in the Timeline pane A range has two main purposes e You can check out a range by playing the contents repeatedly and making small adjustments till things become perfect e Range Editing functions like cut range copy range delete range and crop to range work only when a range is defined first 5 This is the playhead the position at which ActivePresenter will play the slide Notice that a vertical line runs across the pane By default the Timeline pane does not display the start marker 3 the end marker 4 or the playhead 5 To create them click anywhere on the Ruler 2 ActivePresenter creates all three at the same spot on the Ruler 4 x 5 6 Now drag the markers to any desired position to set the range You can click on the playhead and drag it horizontally to play the slide at different moments This is called scrubbing the Timeline It gives you an instant rough idea about how the Slide will play at normal speed Using ActivePresenter Windows gt Using The Timeline Pane 224 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 6 This area displays the names of objects or the text Objects in the case of a line of ob
186. hange it to another resource Loop If selected the audio is played in an endless loop when the end is reached the tracked starts playing from the beginning Ignore Pausing If this option is selected even when the presentation is paused e g to wait for user s input the track will keep playing Note that this control cannot ignore a pause command from toolbar of player In other words if the user pauses the presentation using the toolbar the audio will pause Objects Introduction To Objects 295 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Property Remarks Boundary ZP Physical placement of the icon measured from the top left corner of Left the canvas Change the placement if the icon is obstructing any other element Top Note that this is only an indication that the slide has an audio track During actual rendering this icon is not used at all otart Time This is the time when the audio track starts playing The starting moment of the slide is taken as reference t 0 Duration The duration of the audio track in ms This value is non editable grayed out Show in mode Select one or more from Demonstration tutorial practice test Video To insert a video into a slide click ANNOTATION gt Video 8 and select an existing video file to insert You can also drag an existing video file from Explorer and drop it onto the Canvas to insert Typically the next step is to re si
187. he target seeker window s current size Objects Introduction To Objects 293 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 e The Fit To Boundary button fits re sizes the target seeker window to the selected target application s window The Wait for control allows you to take the snap after a delay defined in milliseconds Use this delay to quickly interact with the target application after you and capture its response To take the screenshot click on the Take Screenshot button screenshot Options The ANNOTATION gt Screenshot menu also contains a few options as explained below Note that the first three options work only when capturing a window at any level not when you are capturing a region or an object e Capture shadow Windows Vista or later When an application s window Is in non maximized state the Windows OS casts a drop shadow around its border ActivePresenter has the option to capture this shadow while taking a screenshot of the target window Note that this drop shadow is treated as part of the image and not a shadow property of the screenshot image that is captured In other words you can add one more shadow to this captured image with a different set of parameters color distance angle etc e Process rounded corners When an application s window is in non maximized state the Windows OS offers an option to display rounded corners ActivePresenter has the option to capture these rounded corners If
188. he input box In fact ActivePresenter detected that this hot key is currently assigned to the copy function Now you have two options Either try another hot key and repeat the cycle or press the Add button to re assign the CTRL C hot key to start a new capture project function Naturally this hot key will no longer be assigned to the copy function 6 If your experiments go haywire you can always restore to the defaults by pressing this button All your hot key customization will be removed The Tabbed Toolbar Tab General Interaction Annotation Auto Annotation Text Hotkeys Miscellaneous Tabbed Toolbar Choose Commands From Customized Toolbar HOME m V HOME SLIDE g v SLIDE Slides a wi Eu 4 Blank Slide LJ Blank Slide Capture Slides E4 Capture Slides sg Images Slides ag Images Slides PowerPaint Slides PowerPoint Slides Ed Background EN b i Background Objects m V Objects ANNOTATION E V ANNOTATION INTERACTION Addis E b i INTERACTION EXPORT m b i EXPORT LOCALIZE m E bi LOCALIZE VIEW E s VIEW HELP m b i HELP FORMAT E b i FORMAT DRAWING m M DRAWING E Ed d E Hide Command Labels Restore Defaults D Apply Customizing ActivePresenter Customizing The Preferences 331 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 In this tab you can customize the toolbar for your interest and improving the performance in editing The window on the left of this tab contains all comma
189. he presentation e Ifthe presentation is playing this action does not change anything e Ifthe presentation had paused this action will continue playing the Editing A Project Advanced Editing 81 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 presentation from the time it is paused But how is a presentation paused in the first place Well you can pause a presentation in two ways e Click in the Pause check box in the Settings tab for any interactive object In this case when the object is played the presentation will pause e Execute the Pause Presentation action see below Pause The presentation s main stream is halted all objects stop playing against Presentation the Timeline but the user can still interact with interactive objects The presentation is paused indefinitely until one of the following actions is executed Continue Presentation End Presentation Go to Slide Go to Slide at Index Go Forward or Go Backward End Exit the presentation Presentation Go to Slide Jump to the specified slide Note that the link is made to a specific slide If you move that slide to a new position the link will follow it and jump to this new position If the target slide is deleted the link gets dissolved automatically Go to Slide at Jump to any slide that is currently at the specified index Index Note that when you add remove or shuffle slides another slide may take the place of the curren
190. he rule is similar to the Tetris game as shown in below image Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Timeline Pane 233 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 gu ENT g e 9 EH NH S 0 10 gd RA Et zw SS D 9 935 0 25 0 30 0 35 Snapping In Timeline Often you need to align different objects precisely ActivePresenter facilitates this by providing a snap mode Click on the 19 button or the VIEW gt Timeline snapping tool to toggle the snap mode on off When the snap mode is on you can temporarily disable the snapping by pressing CTRL as you drag the element When the snap mode is on as soon as a moving snappable element comes in the vicinity of another snappable element it will make a tiny jump to match the time stamp of the other element e Note that this other element may be anywhere in the Timeline pane Right from the Ruler to the lowest object s time bar The vertical separation between the elements does not matter at all e Also note that we may not be dragging the snappable element itself For example when we drag a time bar of an object all the snappable elements in the bar are moving simultaneously Any of these elements can snap to another snappable element The snap mode applies to the following elements e In Ruler area Playhead start marker of the range end marker of the range e Inthe Time Bars of objects Starting edge ending edge all markers inside the bar e Ot
191. he tracked starts playing from the beginning Ignore Pausing _ If this option is selected even when the presentation is paused e g to wait for user s input the track will keep playing Note that this control cannot ignore a pause command from toolbar of player In other words if the user pauses the presentation using the toolbar the video will pause Boundary The boundary of frame that contains the video measured from the top left corner of the canvas Left Left edge of the frame Top Top edge of the frame Width Width of the frame Height Height of frame Lock aspect ratio By unchecking this check box you can stretch the video in width or height otart Time This is the time when the video track starts playing The starting moment of the slide is taken as reference t 0 Duration The duration of the video track in ms This value is non editable grayed out Show in mode Select one or more from Demonstration tutorial practice test Cursor Effects Properties In Recorded Video When you recording a video with the option Make Cursor Editable for Full Motion Recording selected in the capture profile you can change the cursor effects of the recorded video To change the cursor effects of a video you need to select the video and go to the Cursor Effects section in the Properties pane The cursor effects have following options Property Remarks Render
192. hers beginning of slide slide s duration as entered in the Properties pane actual end of slide When a snapping takes place ActivePresenter shows an orange vertical line at that point of time to draw your attention Now it is up to you whether to drop the dragged element there or keep dragging This helps us to synchronize the dragged element precisely with some other element in the Timeline The following experiment shows what happens when drag the object s time bar from right to left Figure 1 highlights all elements that are snappable The red marker in the slide s time bar marks the original duration of the slide and it is a snappable element too However the slide s actual duration appears to extend beyond this red marker because as soon as dragged the object s time bar to the right for this experiment ActivePresenter automatically extended the slide s duration to accommodate this object In the subsequent figures different elements snap together as shown with an orange vertical line The object s time bar gives little jumps at these points If you release the LMB it will lock there Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Timeline Pane 234 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 0 00 0 05 ts ZODBERT 020 0 25 0 30 0 35 0 4 e WEE j D F d e M oQMMMM E E E Dresses DU iuJ ine 0 35 0 4 0 35 0 4 0 3
193. ibed in the next chapter Creating A Project From PowerPoint Presentation This is the second content generation method where slides from a PowerPoint presentation are used instead of recording the target application We will again launch ActivePresenter and on the welcome screen select the New Project option A New Project window pops up Creating A New Project gt Creating A Project From PowerPoint Presentation 39 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Import from presentation Image Project Blank Project Enter the following details 1 Select the Import PowerPoint option The right side of the window changes as shown above 2 Inthis section enter the project s name and also select the folder where the project is to be saved 3 In this section select the PowerPoint file from where the slides are to be imported Note that ActivePresenter cannot handle the odp files used by OpenOffice and LibreOffice Therefore you will have to save these files as pptx first and then import them into ActivePresenter Creating A New Project Creating A Project From PowerPoint Presentation 40 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 ActivePresenter pops up an Import PowerPoint Presentation window ptions C Import Slides as Backgrounds Process Objects in Slides Selected Slides 0 of Select All Deselect All This window offers the following two options e Import Slides as Backgrounds Each slide t
194. ich similar to viewing the video output e Preview from current slide This option is similar to Preview all except the preview will start from the current slide Stop If you click this button while the Timeline is playing ActivePresenter stops playing and the playhead stays at its current position e f you click this button when the Timeline is not playing then ActivePresenter removes the selection markers 3 and 4 In other words use this button to clear the selection range Hecord Narration Records your voice even as you play the slide simultaneously This allows you to watch the slide s playback and time your voice perfectly with the action on the Screen To stop recording press the Stop B button This also allows you to dub your slide in another language Tip To synchronize your voice over perfectly press the LJ button to select the loop mode Play the range repeatedly for a few times and practice speaking in perfect sync Once your timing is right start recording Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Timeline Pane 226 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Button Name Shortcut Function p Zoom Out Timeline Click this button to reduce the time scale of Timeline Zoom In Timeline Click this button to expand the time scale and see more details Zoom Fit Timeline Click this button to automatically adjust the zoom factor to fi
195. ide click ANNOTATION gt Audio 4 and select an existing audio file to insert You can also drag an existing audio file from Explorer and drop it onto the Canvas to insert To insert an empty audio object which will be later used for recording or converting text to speech click ANNOTATION gt Audio gt Create New For recording a new audio track or converting text to speech you can refer to The Audio Section for more details Display Styles of Audio Objects Depending on how the audio objects are created they are displayed in three different ways 1 When an audio object is inserted to the slide an icon is displayed in the Canvas pane only during edit mode not when the slide is being played The Timeline pane displays the Time bar of the object 2 When an audio track is attached to an object e g the sound track of a video the Timeline pane displays its Time bar 3 When a Closed Caption is converted into audio a separate audio object is created The Timeline shows a separate audio object In all cases the time bar in the Timeline shows the actual audio waveform which facilitates editing Properties Of Audio Object The audio objects have the following properties Property Remarks Name A name generated by ActivePresenter to identify the audio object uniquely The name is simply Audio n where n is an incremental counter number Audio The media resource which selected object refers to You can c
196. ify a title for the organization which this item belongs to ActivePresenter automatically generates this value from project name However you can enter a difference text Exporting The Project gt Exporting To Adobe PDF Document 119 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Item Title opecify a title for the item ActivePresenter automatically generates this value from project name However you can enter a difference text PDF file related options Parameter Remarks Title Title of the PDF document e When you open the pdf in a viewer this name appears in the Windows Bar or in the tab in case of a tabbed pdf reader Subject Subject of the document This is one of PDF document properties which can be seen in Document Properties in any PDF Viewer Keywords Keywords defined in the PDF document Protection Opening You can set a password for opening this PDF document Password Confirm Enter the password again manually no copy paste from the previous field Fee e his is to avoid the possibility that you entered a wrong password Text Style Options These options control the text in the generated pdf file Exporting The Project Exporting To Adobe PDF Document 120 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 General Advanced Text style Group Trtle Font Size pt 16 wi Line Spacing 1 5 w Text Color Po Slide Mame Font Size pt 14
197. il HTTP This is the HTTP URL or email address that receives the report If the method address to is HTTP this is the address of a server side script that will process the report receive data the data is either in XML or JSON format For more details see Appendix Reporting Options Pass Condition This condition is used to determine the overall pass fail result of the student when he takes a test Exporting The Project Exporting To HTML5 Simulation 143 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Condition Choose between e Percents of correct answers e Points gained e Number of correct answers Due to SCORM specifications please take following note when a SCORM option is selected e n SCORM 1 2 the raw score submitted to LMS is a normalized value in range 0 100 e n SCORM 2004 the raw score submitted to LMS is a normalized value in range 0 100 if the first condition Percents of correct answers is chosen Otherwise it is an absolute value Minimum Set a numerical value no range Free setting valle e Note that if you select percentage then this value cannot exceed 100 Exporting The Project gt Exporting To HTML5 Simulation 144 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Misc Options General Advanced Miscellaneous Presentation End Behavior Ask to restart or close presentation in Demonstration and Tutorial mode Show report in Practice and Test mode Accessibility Enable accessibility text
198. in the next chapter Creating A New Project Creating A Blank Project 44 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Saving A Project You can save a project by clicking on the H button in the Quick Access Toolbar or using the CTRL S shortcut or use ACTIVEPRENSER gt Save Note that when you save a project that was created with an older version ActivePresenter automatically saves it in the new format Such files cannot be opened with the older version of ActivePresenter However most users use the latest version of ActivePresenter so usually this is not a problem ActivePresenter warns you when you try to save such a project Project will be saved with 4 5 0 file format and can only be opened by ActivePresenter 4 5 0 or later Do you want to continue Closing The Project Without Saving When you try to close a project ActivePresenter checks if there are any changes vis a vis the last saved version If so it will alert you whether you want to save the changes made to the project Just select No Shrinking A Project Often a project has many unused resources including some new resources that you create during the course of the project You may choose to get rid of those unused resources and reduce the size of the project Use the ACTIVEPRESENTER gt Shrink Project option A window pops up Information Project File Size 8 0 MB Number of Unused Resources 11 Delete Resources _ Delete All Unused Resources Delete
199. ing A Project The Editing Process 48 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Finally we play each slide separately and optimize it by adjusting all objects one final time 3 Advanced editing e Making the project interactive This involves inserting questions and also adding actions that deal with correct and incorrect responses from the viewer e Making the project accessible This means making the project available to as many people as possible More specifically we edit the project so that viewers with disabilities can perceive understand navigate and interact with the project output e Localizing the project Here we adapt the project to a particular language culture and desired local look and feel The following sections provide more details of these steps Hemember that if you commit any mistake you can reverse any number of steps by pressing CTRL Z for the required number of times And in case you have pressed CTRL Z too many times you can cancel them by pressing CTRL AN called re do operation Editing A Project The Editing Process 49 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Project Level Editing As mentioned before this is the start of the edit cycle in which we take a bird s eye view at the project and make coarse adjustments Naming The Slides Before you can do anything you must name the slides based on their function This helps in the next step of sorting the slides and later inserting navig
200. ing project in various ways Press CTRL O or use the Creating A New Project Opening An Existing Project 46 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 ACTIVEPRESENTER Open menu option or click on the E button in the Quick Access Toolbar You can also click on the Open option on the Welcome Screen that appears when ActivePresenter is launched All these options allow you to browse your folder system to select a project file Creating A New Project Opening An Existing Project 47 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Editing A Project The previous chapter describes how to create a new project by capturing an application or by importing slides from PowerPoint file or by importing images As discussed each type of project refers to what kind of content is added to the project Finally we saw how to combine these different types of projects into a blank project At this point the captured content is raw and usually not presentable to your target audience In fact the content may not be even complete because each project type can only capture only one type of content You have to add the other types of content to complete the project The real value addition comes only when we edit the project to add annotations shapes audio video clips voice narration closed captions etc and optionally make the presentation interactive All this is done in the edit phase of the project These editing technique
201. ing screenshot shows properties for Audio which is a typical representative of Group 2 Customizing ActivePresenter Customizing The Preferences 325 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 elements General Interaction Annotation Auto Annotation Text Hotkeys Customize Ribbon Miscellaneous Block Shapes Show in Mode a Demonstration Tutorial Practice Double Arrow Highlight Audio Settings Spotlight Feedback Audio Codec 16 bit PCM v Text Caption Question Title Sample Rate Hz w Answer Label Correct Channels Stereo w Incorrect Hint Complete Incomplete Accept Restore Defaults Reject Timeout Image Audio Video Gesture Effect Cursor Path Zoom n Pan Closed Caption Quality 100 Elements in this group have the following properties Show in mode State whether to show this element in the four modes Demonstration Tutorial Practice and Test Select one or more modes Sample rate Select from 11025 22050 and 44100 Hz Channels Select from mono stereo Bit rate Select from 64 96 and 128 kbps Zooming Duration Duration of the zoom movement transition Zoom scale How much to zoom in Customizing ActivePresenter gt Customizing The Preferences 326 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Group 3 Elements The following screenshot shows properties for Cursor Path which is a unique type of element placed in Group 3 General Interaction Annotation
202. ion A target seeker window pops up as shown below A cross hair in the middle of this window indicates that this is a target seeker window e Drag and position this window around the target part of the screen e Re size the window by dragging its handles tiny squares at the corners and middle of all sides The screenshot command window Screenshot Usage Insert as image to current slide Insert as new slide next to current slide Screenshot size Width 640 gt Height 480 Preset Sizes Application Optionally select an application Fit To Application Fit To Boundary Wait for ms 500 Take Screenshot Cancel This window works as follows The Screenshot Usage section allows you to insert the screenshot as an image in the current slide and or as a background image of a new slide that is inserted after the current slide The Screenshot size section allows you to set the size precisely instead of setting the size visually by adjusting the target seeker window When you set a size the target seeker window re sizes to that specified size The Preset sizes button allows you to select from pre defined sizes The Application section provides you a drop down list of all applications running on this PC that have a visible window Generally you need to take the screenshot of an application so this list should satisfy your needs e he Fit To Application button fits the window of the selected target application to t
203. ion for hearing impaired viewers text description should be provided for visual content so that screen readers can read out loud for visually impaired viewers In this version HTML5 is the only output format that supports accessibility Editing A Project Advanced Editing 90 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Tips for Creating Accessible Projects To create accessible projects you should always use more than one means e g text visuals and sounds to convey information For viewers with visual impairment add text description or audio equivalents for visual objects For example provide accessibility text description for Video object so that you can send the information to viewers through the screen reader For objects that contain text such as Shape Text Caption you should enable the Auto Label property the screen reader will read the text when this object is displayed If you choose to attach audio to the object don t forget to remove all accessibility text otherwise voice from the screen reader will interfere with the attached sound For users with hearing impairment add text equivalents for audio objects For example when delivering narrative audio it is important to provide captions at the same time You can use Closed Caption or any other type of object that can display text and remember to synchronize the text with the audio using the Timeline For viewers with either visual or mobility impairment ensure that vie
204. ions ActivePresenter maintains the original aspect ratio and rescales the image The Reset button restores the original size of the image The quality of the rescaled image depends upon the algorithm used ActivePresenter offers a choice of algorithms e Box e Bilinear e Bicubic e 4 order b spline e Catmull Rom spline e lanczos3 The Box algorithm is the simplest one and usually gives the lowest quality Lanczos3 is an advanced algorithm and is commonly used in popular image editor it usually gives the best quality However choosing the most suitable algorithm also depends on the image content so you can use try and error tactic to choose the most suitable one wi Insert image B Autoshape This is a drop down list of shapes k Rotate right i Rotate left A Flip horizontally Flip vertically L9 Toggles antialiasing Sometimes you need to turn it off For example if you want to draw a polygon and flood fill it you need a shape with a clear border not anti aliased border Fa Draw a line M Draw a polygon As you click at various spots those points are added to the current polygon On the Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Image Editor 201 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Tool Effect last point double click to finish the polygon creation mode Draw a spline As you click at various spots those points are added to the current spline A double click ends the spline creation mode
205. iors of the object double click on the Target area This launches Event Editor with the object s current settings in the following tabs On Rollover and On Rollout Drop Area You should read Creating Drag and Drop Interactions to have basic concepts about drag and drop before reading this section You can insert Drop Area from the HOME gt Interaction menu or the INTERACTION tab or convert it from a drop target If it is inserted from the menu a correct drag source and feedback messages are also inserted automatically You can remove them if not needed or change their shapes and styles as Objects Introduction To Objects 260 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 rE E UNES mm mm mp NND GN GN IND mm mp NN NN we mm mm mp ND mm GN ND mm ONG UND mm UNE gm amm mm mm mm mm mm mm vm mm mm mm mm Wm om mm mm GN mm mm ON mm mm UNE mm mm e i a i i i 1 i i i i i i i i 1 i i i i i a To edit event actions of a Drop Area object refer to the section for the Accepted Drag Sources tab in the Event Editor window Question True False The True False type Question is an interactive object By default this object consists of seven separate elements as shown below Type the question here elese However you have the option to add a Hint message and three buttons Clear Skip and Back which function as follows Clear Clear all user input
206. isplayed for the object having focus indicator focus Exporting The Project Exporting To HTML5 Simulation 146 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Exporting To Flash Simulation To export the project to Flash Simulation click EXPORT Flash Simulation e The options here are very similar to those of HTML5 simulation This has three options General Advanced and Misc miscellaneous The options are explained below General Options General Advanced Miscellaneous Template Standard Settings Operation Modes Demonstration Tutarial Practice Test Total Max Time minutes 1 Interaction Flashing ms 0 Generate Index Page Edit Output Language Flash Options Size 100 Image Color Depth True Colors 24 bit Frame Rate 25 Compression Level 5 Output C Users Docume nts ActivePresenter Untitled Flach Template Options Flash simulation is interactive presentation which is delivered through a browser A control toolbar is provided at the bottom the screen which allows the user to play pause stop the presentation hide closed captions change volume or jump to a particular slide In this context a template is a design pattern that is applied to this toolbar to change its appearance If you do not want to provide any control to the user you can opt for No Toolbar option ActivePresenter offers four default options which can be customized further Exporting The Project Exporting To
207. ith the same identifier For example if you are uploading the same project after modifying it provide a different version number Identifier Specify a name used by the LMS to identify different manifests This value is generated automatically by ActivePresenter but you can change it if needed Exporting The Project gt Exporting To Flash Simulation 151 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Organization Title opecify a title for the organization which this item belongs to ActivePresenter automatically generates this value from project name However you can enter a difference text Item Title opecify a title for the item ActivePresenter automatically generates this value from project name However you can enter a difference text Report Options These options let you decide how to report the results of test taken by the student Method Choose between e No Report Do not send report e Email Send report through email e HTTP Send report through HTTP request Format Choose between the reporting formats e XML Document e JSON JavaScript Object Notation Email HT TP address to receive This is the HTTP URL or email address that receives the report If the method is HTTP this is the address of a server side script that will process the report data the data is either in XML or JSON format For more details see Appendix Reporting Options Pass Con
208. ivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Button Name Shortcut Function track at the position of Playhead To keep annotations in sync with the audio video you should make sure that they are selected when using this command You can select nothing to expand the slide at the position of playhead by specified duration Important note In the older versions of ActivePresenter you can insert Freeze frames into an audio video by using the Insert Silence Freeze Frame tool in Timeline From version 5 5 this tool is superseded by the Insert Time tool K Split Audio Video Objects Splits the selected audio video object at the Playhead position e he Timeline shows the latter part as a new object which is added to the top of the object pile e he split parts are treated as new Project level resources which appear in the Resources pane and can be further used in other slides within the project e Incase audio object each split part is shown with a separate icon in the Canvas pane However all these icons are stacked together so you cannot tell them apart Only when you drag them apart can you see them individually Join Audio Video Objects Joins the selected audio objects or video objects This command is explained later Change Playback opeed Speed up or slow down the selected range of selected audio video track as explained here Adjust Volume Adjusts the rel
209. ivePresenter offers further choices Option Remarks Automatically Captures the target screen when you drag any item with LMB or RMB The use FMR for entire dragging action will be captured in FMR mode with a fixed frame rate Drag and Drop When the drag action is over ActivePresenter will switch back to the Smart Actions Capture mode Automatically Captures the target screen in FMR mode with a fixed frame rate when you use FMR for scroll the mouse wheel up or down Mouse Wheel The FMR mode will last as long as you scroll the wheel After that Actions ActivePresenter will switch back to the Smart Capture mode Automatic Panning This facility is useful only when your capture frame is smaller than the target application s screen and if you want to freely move pan that frame to any part of the screen But if you are anyway capturing the entire screen of the target application or the whole desktop screen then this technique is not applicable Target application screen Capture frame Usually you use this feature when the target application has many controls and you want to zoom in to a certain part of the screen at a time but keep your option open to move to any other part of the screen as required Option Remarks Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Capture Profile Editor 166 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Make Capture When this option is selected the captur
210. ize 5i The window shows a preview of the layout of exported project This window works as follows 1 This drop down list offers further presets within the selected template type The Custom option allows you to customize all settings and save it as a preset From now on the newly defined preset will be available to you from the Preset drop down list A preview window shows the effect of your customization on the toolbar To customize the toolbar click on any parameters listed here and adjust its value The changes are reflected in the toolbar sample 2 Exporting The Project Exporting To HTML5 Simulation 139 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 4 This area shows the explanation of the parameter selected above Operation Modes In this section there are four controls Modes You can select what modes would be available to the users Demonstration Tutorial Practice and Test Recall that you can customize each object whether it can appear in each of these modes Thus the same presentation can behave in totally different manner in different modes Total max This is the total time The time taken by all objects to complete their lifecycle time plus the time allowed for the student to answer while the presentation pauses
211. ize the entries in the bottom pane The F button adds a new action to the selected row e f you had clicked in the Event column this button adds an event e f you had clicked in the Action column this button adds an action within the same event In this way you can associate multiple actions with a given event The button removes the selected row e f you had clicked in the Event row this button deletes the event and all its actions e f you had clicked in the Action column this button removes the action but does not affect the Event row The f and buttons move the selected row up and down in the stack e f you had clicked in the Event row these buttons move the event and all its actions together as a set e f you had clicked in the Action column these buttons move the Action row but do not affect the Event row Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 178 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 The Key Stroke Tab The Key stroke tab provides interaction and point allocation for keyboard activities The tab for keyboard entries is shown below 1 Key Stroke Settings On Correct On Incorrect On Timeout On Rollover On Rollout Points 1 Action by event Event Actions Show Object Blocking Shape 2 Ctrl P Pause Presentation o Forward 10 slides Ctrl Shift L Pause Presentation Space e Continue Presentation Ctrl F o Forward 1 slide Backspace Pause Presentati
212. jects You can display the name of objects in its Time Bars by right clicking Timeline then select Show Object Names 7 This is the Time bar of an object Think of this as a lifeline for the object The object is active only for the duration of this bar We will see how to use the Time Bars later 8 his is the Time bar for the entire slide By default is end is automatically synchronized with the last element in the slide In our example Questionb is the last element If you extend its bar the slide s bar also extends automatically However you can stretch this bar During the stretched portion of the Time bar the canvas will display only the slide background color and or the slide background image if any 9 his is the end time for the slide The slide will end at this instant and the next slide if any will start its entry transition 10 The Visibility button controls whether to display the element in the Canvas pane Its function is similar to the Visibility button in the Selection pane 11 The Lock button controls whether you can edit the element Its function is similar to the Lock button in the Selection pane The Toolbar In Timeline The toolbar provides most of the functions in the Timeline Button Name Shortcut Function m Single Slide Toggles between Current slide and All slides All Slides view The All slides display mode shows all slides on the Timeline This mode is useful to see the objects
213. k within a range it will be displayed as shown below Here a silence is inserted in the 1 2 stretch note the straight line in place of the audio waveform In the 3 4 stretch the volume is lowered note the signal has become weaker in that range In both cases the start and end points are marked with red vertical marker lines Note that these markers cannot be moved within the time bar because they actually denote the range in which the volume is altered If you want to reverse the effect i e make the volume normal follow this procedure 1 Click on the i9 button to turn on the snap mode 2 Click anywhere on the Ruler which starts a new range 3 Now drag it to the red mark on the left thanks to the snap mode it will snap to the marker Ph gE Ta fd con BREE l 4 Now drag the End marker of the range to the red marker on the right thanks to the snap mode it will snap to the marker Using ActivePresenter Windows gt Using The Timeline Pane 242 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 5 Click on the arrow in the d button and select the Restore Original Volume option The effect of the Adjust Volume control is removed and the original sound is restored Using The Change Playback Speed Command In a screencast sometime you can see a long scene but it doesn t convey much information such as downloading a file waiting for the completion of a process You can use the Change Playback Speed comma
214. ker by name e Asarule show only one line of Closed Caption at a time An exception is when multiple people speak simultaneously In this case it is OK to show their sentences together but always maintain the correct sequence a sentence that starts first should be listed at the top of the Closed Caption stack Another exception is when one person is interrupted by another Here end the first interrupted sentence with a dash and place the second interrupting sentence in the second line Image You can insert an image in the ActivePresenter presentation by clicking ANNOTATION Image laa Depending upon the context of the presentation images are screenshots of applications drawings electrical civil mechanical etc or photos of persons products places buildings etc After placing the image you can place other annotations and explain the image or parts of it Screenshot ActivePresenter has a built in facility to capture screenshots A typical application has a top level window which in turn may have child windows that pop up to accomplish different tasks The windows form a hierarchical tree A window at any level top child has objects menus panes toolbars controls etc ActivePresenter allows you to take a screenshot of any of these windows objects which is then inserted in the current slide of your Objects Introduction To Objects 291 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 presentati
215. l EX Select the video that is to be edited Now you can edit this track in one or more of the following 1 Edit the track using the Range Edit commands 2 Freeze the frame insert a pause for any duration you want 3 Adjust the volume of the track between any selected moments 4 Join the track with other video tracks 4 Right click on the video frame in the Canvas pane or its time bar in the Timeline pane From the context menu that appears select the Export To File option Other Uses Of ActivePresenter gt ActivePresenter As TTS Generator 161 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 If you had split the video track in Step 3 you can save any or all of those parts individually 5 Close the project without saving ActivePresenter As Format Converter ActivePresenter can convert the formats of an image audio or video In fact whenever you edit image audio or video as explained above you have the choice to save the resultant object in a different format All you have to do is in the Export To File dialog click on the Save as type drop down list and select the desired format Then press OK ActivePresenter saves the file in the new format Other Uses Of ActivePresenter gt ActivePresenter As Format Converter 162 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 J r Fill Type e No Fill Sohd Fill en amp Gradient Fill Image Fill Inhert From Base Style How to make an interactive tu
216. le ActivePresenter records the screen like a video It produces a video clip that captures all actions on the screen faithfully So it is the most suitable profile when you want to capture the motion effects exactly movement of the mouse resizing of windows animated content etc This profile uses a lossless Flash Screen Video codec to record the movie so it has following advantages and disadvantages e The quality is preserved e tis suitable for recording the software demonstration because the screenshots of a software usually have many blocks of contiguous color e tis not suitable for recording movies games because they have many scene pictures so it take much time to encode to video and the recorded file size is large e The frame rate is not high especially in cases of recording movies and games 2 Record movie Streaming video This capture profile is very similar to the Record Software Demonstration capture profile but it uses a lossy encoder to record the video General Basic Screencasting Concepts 16 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 with a choice between H264 MPEG1 and MPEG2 Using this capture profile has following advantages and disadvantages e The quality is not preserved it depends on the quality option which can be set in range 1 100 e tis suitable for recording any applications e heframe rate is high and the recorded file size is not too large 3 Smart Capture When use this capture p
217. le click on the Target area This launches Event Editor with the object s current settings in the following tabs Mouse click Settings On Correct On Incorrect On Timeout On Rollover and On Rollout Note that you can make the Target area invisible by setting the line to None in the Properties pane if you don t want to reveal the correct click area to the user However this is not recommended Use the Show In Mode property of the object That is more flexible and useful especially when you want to show the object in some modes e g Demonstration and Tutorial but hide the object in other modes e g Practice and Test For example suppose you want to show a world map and quiz the user about where a certain city is For this place the Target area on that city and make it invisible Now the user can only see the map If the user clicks on the correct area the object shows him the On Correct message If he clicks at a wrong location on the map the object shows him the On incorrect message Text Box The Text Box is an interactive object The default Text Box object consists of three separate elements as shown below You can optionally add a Hint message and a Timeout message The object works as follows When the interactive presentation is played this object displays only the Target area element 1 and waits for the user to enter text e Ifthe user enters text it appears in real time in the Target area 1 e lf the ente
218. ll find that ActivePresenter cannot detect some objects in certain target applications This is because those applications have not provided MSAA interface for those controls Typically ActivePresenter can capture the individual tools on any toolbar depending on the accessibility support level of the target application When you find the correct area to be captured press the PrintScrn key on your keyboard or CTRL Click ActivePresenter will capture the screenshot and place the image in the current slide Capturing The Full Screen To capture a screenshot of the entire screen of your PC select the m Full Screen option Some screen capturing applications call this desktop mode ActivePresenter will minimize its own screen and capture whatever is visible on your computer screen This may be a single application running with its window maximized or several windows of different applications ActivePresenter will then place this image on the current slide Be careful This image is very likely to be larger than your slide If you re size it to fit the canvas size the details in the image will get blurred and the viewers may not be able to read specific details Objects gt Introduction To Objects 292 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Capturing An Application or Region To capture a screenshot of the top level window of the target application or a rectangular region of the screen select the Ej Application or Region opt
219. lows you to change the font size and color of the subtitles at play time SRT You can also change the srt file to display the subtitles in a different language Export Closed lf you select this option the Closed Captions will be hard coded inside the Exporting The Project Exporting To Video 107 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Caption as Hard Subtitles Zoom n Pan Include Cursor Path Export Audio Video video In this case any video player can play the video can also display subtitles However the attributes of the subtitles cannot be changed at play time If selected the effects of zoom n pan objects will be included in the exported video Whether to render the cursor paths or not This option is selected by default Deselect this option if you want to remove audio from the output Since the audio data is not written to the output file so the file size will be smaller comparing to a similar video with silence audio Option Remarks Video Size Range 50 to 150 in steps of 10 The reference is the canvas size which you specified when you created the project The video will be rescaled using Bicubic interpolation Note that the aspect ratio is fixed when you created the project it cannot be changed at render time If you specify the Width or Height option the Video Size option is automatically calculated based on the original size of project Width The width of
220. mes next Therefore mentally divide each slide in smaller logical parts and then record audio for each part separately Before actual recording first conduct a few practice trials Use loop mode and repeat the play till you can speak without mistakes and without um and er sounds Even with best care you may not be able to totally avoid such sounds Be sure to edit them out later opeak loudly as if you are addressing a small audience in a large room Monitor the audio level as you record most of the green LEDs should be visible but not the orange red Adjust the sound level from time to time Remember also that if you are recording in multiple sessions you will have to set up the sound level for each session Never play a background music while you record a narration It is best to add the background music separately so that you can adjust its relative volume precisely If you are using paper sheets for script ensure that they do not rustle when you turn the pages Splitting A Slide Sometimes you will need to split a slide into two or mode slides ActivePresenter allows you to split a slide at a chosen point You can split a given slide any number of times Refer to the Using The Timeline appendix for details Editing A Project Editing A Slide 78 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Adding Navigational Elements You can easily add navigational buttons to slides by using mouse click interactions e Insert
221. motion to the next class Alternatively they may allow the student to obtain the results for a self assessment so that the student can improve in his weak areas The results are produced either directly by the interactive module or by the LMS Reporting is only available when the project is exported in an interactive format HTML5 Flash Capture Profile Capture profile is a set of various options which used during a capture session The primary option in a capture profile is the capture type mode There are two capture types 1 Full Motion Recording FMR ActivePresenter will record the screen like a video camera The result is a slide which contain a video video show exactly what you have done on screen This capture type is mainly used for creating the demonstration video Smart Capture ActivePresenter will take a screenshot each time a mouse button is clicked or a key is pressed The result is a series of slides steps describes how to achieve a specified purpose with the application that you are capturing This capture type is used for creating both interactive content software simulation and demonstration video The other options in a capture profile are audio video codecs and parameters cursor annotations and hotkeys settings ActivePresenter offers four default capture profiles as below note that some of them have names similar to capture types il Record Software Demonstration When use this capture profi
222. movement of the cursor appears to be continuous without any jerks If you move the end point or the start point in any one slide ActivePresenter automatically moves the corresponding matching point in the other slide to again match their coordinates A Moving the m oves the end point here start point here ental a E a E D N D However in rare cases the cursor path is out of sync e g when you delete a slide that is in the middle or delete the cursor path in that slide This results in an abrupt movement of the mouse cursor in the rendered presentation when the slide changes To avoid this you can again stitch together the ends of cursor paths of adjoining slides using the FORMAT gt Snap To Previous and FORMAT gt Snap To Next tools or by r clicking on the start end point and using the context menu options This will snap the start end point of the cursor path in current slide to the appropriate end start point of cursor path in previous or next slide Zoom n Pan The zoom n pan object shows ActivePresenter where to zoom during playback This is a re sizable rectangle that must always match its aspect ratio to the project s aspect ratio Let us understand this with an example In the following screenshot the image of the Taj Mahal occupies the entire screen Now imagine you were standing on the right minaret and therefore you would like to zoom in that minaret Objects Introdu
223. n adds a new entry in the pane The button removes the selected entry The f and buttons move the selected row up and down in the stack The On Incomplete Tab This tab is used in the Text Box True False Multiple Choice Multiple Response Essay Fill in Blank and Fill in Multiple Blank interactions Choice Settings On Correct On Incorrect On Incomplete On Timeout Actions to be performed when the answer is incomplete 1 Action T Show Object Blocking Incomplete Message 13 Cancel It defines the behavior when the user has not completed his answer The GUI works as follows 1 The actions are listed in a stack They are executed in the order of appearance top to bottom In this example if the user has provided an incomplete answer ActivePresenter will display the Incomplete message 54 ActivePresenter provides internal reference numbers to each message This particular message is the Incomplete message for this particular interaction 2 hese buttons are used to organize the list of actions The F button adds a new entry in the pane The button removes the selected entry Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 194 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 The f and buttons move the selected row up and down in the stack The On Timeout Tab Choice Settings On Correct On Incorrect On Incomplete On Timeout Actions to be performed when time limit expires 4
224. n gt Project for demonstration lt Description gt lt Date gt Fri May 25 11 28 31 GMT 0700 2012 lt Date gt lt UserID gt test lt UserID gt lt TotalTime gt 30 lt TotalTime gt lt SlideCount gt 2 lt SlideCount gt lt TakenSlide gt 2 lt TakenSlide gt lt InteractionCount gt 2 lt InteractionCount gt lt TakenInteraction gt 2 lt TakenInteraction gt lt Correct gt 2 lt Correct gt lt Points gt 2 lt Points gt lt MaxPoints gt 2 lt MaxPoints gt lt Percent gt 100 lt Percent gt lt Result gt true lt Result gt Details Interaction lt SlideIndex gt 1 lt SlideIndex gt lt ReportID gt 1_4 lt ReportID gt lt Attempts gt 1 lt Attempts gt Exporting The Project gt Reporting Options 156 ActivePresenter User Manual lt Interaction gt lt Details gt lt Report gt lt Content gt lt Interaction gt lt Interaction gt lt Points gt 1 lt Points gt lt MaxPoints gt 1 lt MaxPoints gt lt Result gt Correct lt Result gt lt Type gt Text Box lt Type gt lt Answers gt demo lt Answers gt lt SlideIndex gt 2 lt SlideIndex gt lt ReportID gt 2_1 lt ReportID gt lt Attempts gt 1 lt Attempts gt lt Points gt 1 lt Points gt lt MaxPoints gt 1 lt MaxPoints gt lt Result gt Correct lt Result gt lt Type gt Multiple Choice lt Type gt lt Answers gt 1 lt Answers gt Report In JSON Format The report is formatted in JSON JavaScript Object Notati
225. n need to arrange the objects accurately For example to create a flow chart You may also need to select multiple shapes and make their sizes uniform ActivePresenter offers you the following tools 1 Align snap objects with each other 2 Aligning all selected objects with a reference object 3 Resizing all selected objects to the size of a reference object Editing A Project Editing A Slide 65 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 4 Changing the layers z order of objects The following sections show how this is done Basic Movement Of Objects You can move objects individually or in groups To move an individual object you have the following options 1 Drag the object with mouse and release the LMB when the object is placed properly 2 Click on the object Now move it by using the Arrow keys Pressing CTRL at the same time accelerates the movement by a factor of 10 To move a group of objects together you have to first form a group For this draw a lasso with the mouse or CTRL Click on all objects if you CTRL click on a selected object it gets deselected Now move the group just like you move an individual object see above Object Rotation You can rotate almost slide objects in ActivePresenter except Feedback Spotlight Gesture Effects Zoom n Pan Cursor Path and Closed Captions You can rotate multiple objects at once There are two ways to rotate an object 1 Select the object then drag the rotation
226. n object can be converted into a drop target except e Objects show across multiple slides e Objects are showed by Show Object actions e Objects are elements of Questions excluding Drag n Drop Question By default a light orange marker is displayed to indicate that an object is a drop target This marker is used only in the editor it does not appear in any output format You can also turn off this marker from VIEW gt Drag n Drop To convert objects into drop targets 1 Select objects Please note that you can converting multiple objects at once 2 Change their Type in Drag n Drop section of the Properties pane to Drop Target Editing A Project gt Advanced Editing 85 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 P Shadow A Drag n Drop Type C3 None Drag Source Drop Target Effect Revert Accept Behavior Accept Audio None HE Reject Audio None B Accept List Accept All ES Snap Behavior Size 76 100 pacity 235 Position Anchor Direction Center Center k Accessibility Drop target properties e Effect Specify the effect for selected drop targets The effect is displayed when users drag any drag source over one of these objects e Accept Behavior Specify how the presentation responds when users drop a drag source onto one of selected drop targets o Accept List List of drag sources that can be dropped onto the selected drop target If a dropped source is accepted it snaps to the drop target bas
227. n to work the Score by Object check box must be cleared In that case the Points column below is removed 2 Specify drag sources that can be accepted by the drop area e When a non accepted drag source is dropped it is sent back to its original position and the On Incorrect event is triggered e When an accepted drag source is dropped it will be accepted and the On Correct Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 187 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 event is triggered If the drop area already contains a dropped object it will be sent back to its original position before the new dropped object is accepted The drop area behaves similar to the drop target with the settings Max Accepted Objects 1 On Max Accept Replace the Last 3 The Score by Object check box allows you to specify different scores for different accepted drag source When you select this check box the Points column is displayed and at the same time the Points control at the top is disabled In this example the Hexagon drag source is correct but it is not good as the Regular Hexagon one so it gains lesser score 4 The Action by Object check box allows you to add multiple actions for each accepted drag source When you select this check box the Actions column is displayed These actions will be executed when the drag source is accepted before executing the actions in the On Correct tab In this example a shape is displayed
228. nd in Timeline to make that scene runs faster That will save the duration and the file size of video and provide better viewer s experience Sometimes you can also use the Change Playback Speed command to make your video look professional like the slow motion scene on TV The Change Playback Speed command is only active when there is a selected audio video object or a selected range of audio video object in Timeline When you click the Change Playback Speed E command the following dialog appears Playback Speed 3 Resetto original speed The input is a relative value in range 10 1000 ActivePresenter will scale the current speed of selected range using this value You can use the Reset to original speed check box to quickly reset the original speed of selected range Productivity Tips For Timeline Most of the editing work is accomplished in the Canvas and Timeline panes Therefore it is important to learn some productivity tricks First force yourself to use and memorize the hotkeys Although this may look difficult at the beginning it will be very rewarding on long term as you will be able to work in Timeline at much higher speeds Here is a summary of hotkeys used in Timeline Hotkey Function Home Moves the Playhead to the beginning of slide Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Timeline Pane 243 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 End Moves the Playhead to the end of slide
229. nds which are organized in groups The window on the right of this tab is the structure of current toolbar of program If you want to restore the default structure of toolbar just click the Restore Default button then click OK The Miscellaneous Tab This tab is a catch all tab It contains program options that could not be placed in the other tabs General Interaction Annotation Auto Annotation Text Hotkeys Miscellaneous Tabbed Toolbar Automatic Updates Automatically Check for Updates Connection Settings Log Settings Enable Logging Log Ul Level Warning xw _ Verbose Mode Log Level Message View Log Confirmation Settings Warning none ANSI path when export Show dialog when converting shape s text to speech Show language confirmation when importing XLIFF Extend object duration to match the duration of generated audio Save external resource Link resources with file size greater than 30 Allow pasting HTML text copied from other applications Auto Adjust annotation s width when importing XLIFF Restore Defaults Cancel Apply The options on this tab are as follows Automatic Updates Selecting the Automatically Check for Updates option allows Customizing ActivePresenter Customizing The Preferences 332 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 ActivePresenter to contact its server to check for updates automatically If enabled ActivePresenter will periodically check for updates when started
230. ner in different modes Total max time This is the total time The time taken by all objects to complete their lifecycle plus the time allowed for the student to answer while the in minutes presentation pauses and waits for the answer Interaction flashing This is the speed milliseconds for flashing blinking the interaction object for attracting viewer attention Generate Index Select this option to generate the HTML index page which contains the Page entries to open all selected modes Edit Output ActivePresenter provides ready translated texts for output name of Language elements of toolbar and messages for all supported languages If you want to modify the translation or add the support for your language click Edit Output Language button to open Output Language Editor The Output Language option in ActivePresenter 3 x or older is now obsoleted That means you can not specify the language for the output but the Project Language will be used for output Flash Options Parameter Options Remarks oize Range 10 to 15096 The size is relative to canvas size selected at the beginning of the project you can check this out at any time by using the ACTIVEPRESENTER Project Information menu option in steps of 10 Note that ActivePresenter only works with logical size I e pixels However when displayed printed Exporting The Project Exporting To Flash Simulation 149 ActivePresenter Use
231. ng the Free edition Deactivate Product Remove the license information to convert Standard or Professional edition back to Free edition This tool is only available if you have already activated ActivePresenter Check Updates Check for update at the website About Provide information about the current version FORMAT Tab This is a context tab which its visibility and content vary according to the selected objects If there is no selected object it will not be shown If you select different types of objects the available tools are also different The following table lists all tools that the FORMAT tab may contains Tool Default Icon Remarks Shortcut Change Shape SS Change the shape for the selected objects for example from Rectangle to Oval Quick Style Quickly set the style fill line shadow and text for SI the selected objects Menus Toolbars And Shortcuts FORMAT Tab 314 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Fill a Change the fill for the selected objects Line Change the line for the selected objects L Shadow Change the shadow for the selected objects Order m Change the z order of the selected objects m Align m Align the selected objects Entrance Effect Change the entrance effect and its options for the selected objects Exit Effect Change the exit effect and its options for the selected objects
232. nserted in other files that file also will Grayscale 8 bit become large Format JPEG Due to their soecs and compression algorithms JPEG is best suited for pictures while PNG is best suited for Exporting The Project Exporting To HTML5 Simulation 140 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 PNG computer generated images screenshots drawings Note that JPEG compression is lossy while PNG is lossless so PNG retains crystal clear quality but the downside of PNG is that it does not compress well with pictures very big file size and the decoding when viewing is slower than JPEG However screenshots are compressed better with PNG the file has small size and there is no loss of quality Optimization None These are relative compression levels Note that the Level bo higher the compression level the longer it takes to export Normal Sech e Select None when testing the output e Select Ultra or High when exporting the final Ultra result This option is only available if the PNG image format is selected Range 1 to 100 The higher the quality the larger the output file size This option is only available if the JPEG image format is selected Fallback Media Player The audio video in the HTML5 Simulation output still can be viewed normally on older browsers such as Internet Explorer 7 and 8 if the required plugin is installed This section allows you to choose either Adobe Flas
233. nu option in steps of 10 Note that ActivePresenter only works with logical size i e pixels However when displayed printed the physical size depends on pixels and the dpi dots per inch setting of the displaying printing device Color Depth True Colors 24 bit Higher color depth makes the presentation look 256 Colors 8 bit stunning But it also Increases the file size When the images are inserted in other files that file also will Grayscale 8 bit become large Exporting The Project Exporting To Adobe PDF Document 117 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Format JPEG Due to their specs and compression algorithms JPEG PNG is best suited for pictures while PNG is best suited for computer generated images screenshots drawings Note that JPEG compression is lossy while PNG is lossless so PNG retains crystal clear quality but the downside of PNG is that it does not compress well with pictures very big file size and the decoding when viewing is slower than JPEG However screenshots are compressed better with PNG the file has small size and there is no loss of quality Optimization None These are relative compression levels Note that the Level ow higher the compression level the longer it takes to export Normal e Select None when testing the output High i e Select Ultra or High when exporting the final Ultra result This option is only available if the PNG image form
234. o edit the properties of image such as margins and hotspots e Properties pane How to edit properties of an object e Resource pane e Timeline How to use the Timeline pane e Selection pane Objects Explanation about all annotation and interaction objects used in ActivePresenter e What is the basic use of each type of object e How they work e How to set their visual and behavioral properties Menus and Summary of all menus and hot keys Shortcuts Customizing Customizing the interface and behavior ActivePresenter What s new What is new in this edition of the User Manual Covers changes in the software and the manual itself Intended Audience ActivePresenter is directly and indirectly used by two different kinds of users About This Manual Intended Audience Version 5 5 12 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 1 Presenters teachers They are the direct users of ActivePresenter They use ActivePresenter to prepare a presentation and export it to various formats 2 Viewers students They are the indirect users of ActivePresenter They watch the exported presentation practice and take a test In some cases the presentation is run and moderated by the presenter In other cases the viewers students run the presentation in self paced mode as guided by the presentation itself In this context this manual is meant for the direct users of ActivePresenter e for the presenters teachers No previous experience of s
235. o loss of quality Optimization None These are relative compression levels Note that the Level LOW higher the compression level the longer it takes to export Normal e Select None when testing the output High j e Select Ultra or High when exporting the final Ultra result e This option is only available if the PNG image format is selected Quality Range 1 to 100 The higher the quality the larger the output file size This option is only available if the JPEG image format is selected Output location Template Location of the template file which the doc file has to use Output File Specify the file path and name of exported document Exporting The Project Exporting To Microsoft Word Document 124 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Advanced Options These are SCORM related options General Advanced SCORM Options Generate SCORM Package Package Version Organization Titl Item Title Mo 1 0 Identifier SCORM PACKAGE e Untitled Document Untitled Cancel Exporting The Project Parameter Options Remarks Generate No If your LMS supports both 1 2 and 2004 versions of SCORM SCORM1 2 SCORM please choose 2004 version the latest version Package SCORM 2004 Package opecify a version that can be used to differentiate Vakin manifests with the same identifier For example if you are uploading the same project after modif
236. object The Slide object has following functions Method JDescipion gt Z Bee Return the object in the slide which has specified name objectName A string that defines the name of object The Object object has following functions Method jDescipion gt SetText text Change the text of the object text A string that defines new text GetText plaintext Return a string represents the text of the object plaintext If true return the plain text otherwise return HTML text Show or hide the object Sh h show A boolean determining whether to show or hide object Check if the object is shown or hidden GetPosition Return an Javascript object represents the position of the object inform x y oet the position of the object x An integer determining the horizontal position y An integer determining the vertical position SetPosition x y Making The Project Accessible ActivePresenter allows you to make your projects accessible to anyone regardless of disabilities More specifically you can edit your projects so that viewers with disabilities can perceive understand navigate and interact with the project outputs The project outputs can be viewed in various ways that do not depend on a single sense or ability For example viewers can navigate with a keyboard not with a mouse only Also audio content should be accompanied with closed capt
237. objects will be what you need Zoom n Pan Image D D Closed Caption The closed captions CC are exactly like subtitles you see during a movie Actually the key term is Captions The qualifier term closed means that the user and not the author has the power to display or hide the CC lines Objects gt Introduction To Objects 284 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 The above screenshot shows only one CC line which typically lasts for a few seconds on screen A typical slide would have tens or hundreds of such CC lines The screenshot below shows three CC lines in the Timeline pane The duration of each line is shown with a yellow rectangle time bar 0 Seis aS Ee ee ee Een A CC line is usually a short well a mies ao Cagaktabeakar Ca SHIH STITH Timeline Closed Caption A CC object is quite different from other object types 1 Aslide may have no CC line or multiple CC lines All CC lines in a slide are considered as a CC object 2 The CC lines are arranged in time order and there is no overlapping in time between CC lines That means only one CC line can be displayed at a time You can not change the position of the CC lines 4 You can only toggle the lock and visibility of all CC lines at a time by clicking the amp and icons on the left side of Timeline 5 The visual attributes for all CC objects can be only set globally in the
238. of video over the image or documents formats is that the video contains all animations closed captions and voice The disadvantage of video is that it can be made in one language at a time thanks to the Closed Caption and audio objects it contains You can export in multiple video formats The selection of a format over the others is primarily driven by which codecs are allowed to be used in your country thanks to the country specific patent laws Other than that there may be quality vs file size preferences or what player software is available on the target hardware To export the project to video click EXPORT gt Video E Exporting The Project gt Exporting To Video 106 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 General Options General Advanced Rendering Options Zoom n Pan Export Closed Captions as Soft Subtitles SRT Include Cursor Path Export Closed Captions as Hard Subtitles Export Audio Video Video Size 75 Frame Rate Width Key Frame Height Quality Audio Channels Stereo Bit Rate Sample Rate 44100 Hz Output Format AVI ut Output File G Users ActivePresenter Desktop ActivePresenter SCORM and Mooc Browse Cancel The options are divided into four sections Rendering Options If you select this option the Closed Captions will be exported as a separate subtitle file with srt extension The player must have the capability to display Captions as subtitles Soft Subtitles Note that this al
239. on ActivePresenter has four different ways of taking a screenshot which can be selected by clicking ANNOTATION gt Screenshot M and then selecting a sub option The screenshot modes are described below Capturing A Window To capture a screenshot of the target window or any object in it select the Window option ActivePresenter can capture a window at any level of the application Use the mouse to select a window or its object e g toolbar pane menus etc You can use the mouse click on the target applications normally it does not trigger a screenshot As you move the mouse over different parts of the screen ActivePresenter shows a red dotted outline around areas that can be captured Note You will find that ActivePresenter cannot detect some objects in certain target applications This is because those applications have not provided MSAA interface for those controls ActivePresenter typically captures the whole toolbar because it is usually the lowest level child window When you find the correct area to be captured press the PrintScrn key on your keyboard or CTRL Click ActivePresenter will capture the screenshot and place the image in the current slide Capturing An Object To capture a screenshot of any object in any window select the iar Object option As you move the mouse over different parts of the screen ActivePresenter shows a red dotted outline around areas that can be captured Note You wi
240. on Cancel As can be seen above these events are keyboard based either a single key or a combination of any number of keys but not a text string The GUI works as follows 1 3 The Points assigned here are common for any of the events listed below For this option to work the Score by event check box must be cleared In that case the Points column below is removed In this example if the user presses any of the combinations listed below he will earn 4 points The Score by event check box allows you to specify different scores for different events When you click in this check box the Points column is activated in the pane below and at the same time the Points control at the top is disabled Now you can double click in any cell in this column and enter any number In this example if the user presses CTRL P he will earn 3 points If he presses the Space bar he will earn 2 points etc The Action by event check box allows you to define a different action for each event When you click in this check box the Actions column is activated in the pane below Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 179 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Now you can double click in any cell in the Actions column and select an action from the drop down list In this example note that the first two events will trigger two actions each e Ifthe user presses CTRL P ActivePresenter will first display the Corre
241. on format Here is a sample Correct 2 Points 4 Result mue Details Max Points 4 Percent 100 Name Demo Description Project for demonstration Date Fri May 25 11 46 11 GMT 0700 2012 UserID test TotalTime 30 SlideCount 2 TakenSlide 2 InteractionCount 2 TakeInteraction 2 SlideIndex 1 ReportID 1_4 Attempts 1 Points 1 Exporting The Project Reporting Options Version 5 5 157 ActivePresenter User Manual MaxPoints 1 Result Correct LIype Text Box Answers demo SlideIndex 2 ReportID 2_1 Attempts 1 Points 1 MaxPoints 1 Result Correct Type Multiple Choice Answers 1 Transmission Of Report The report can be sent to a valid email or HTTP address Version 5 5 In case of sending via HTTP protocol POST method is used where the key is report and the value is the report content with format specified when exporting to HTML5 presentation The server side script at the HTTP address must handle and process the report For example suppose that the HTTP address is httpz atomisystems com reportreceiver php The following is a trivial sample code in reportreceiver php file to receive and process report lt php if Gisset _POST report d read report data report _POST report process report e g append to a text file here
242. on Function HH Selects to view resources either as thumbnails or as items sz Adds an image from the computer or LAN etc ep Selects the resources that are unused in the current project Removes the resource from the Library Project storage area EX Saves the image as a file Launches the Image Editor and loads the image in it Ei This button triggers the Image Resource Properties dialog Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Resources Pane 217 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 ES Show hide toggle the Slide background type of images visual filter FA Show hide toggle the Object background type of images visual filter i Show hide toggle the Cursor type of images visual filter x Show hide toggle the deprecated images balloons in the Library visual filter 2 This section shows the resources images The currently selected image has a dark blue border around it You can drag any image from here into the slide 3 You can choose between Library resources or Project resources Keep in mind that initially a new project does not have any internal resources till you add them The Audio amp Video Tab sp EAR 1 Reject 5 2 Daily En Show media in C Library Project Images M Audio amp Video V Styles This tab has three sections as marked above 1 This is the Toolbar to manage the audio and video resources The buttons work as
243. on the question e g make text fields empty uncheck radio button check box Objects Introduction To Objects 261 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Skip Go to the next slide Back Go to the previous slide Submit Get user input evaluate and execute suitable actions User can change these default behaviors by editing On Click actions of these buttons from the Event Editor window Select the question then double click the button to launch the Event Editor In the rendered presentation the object functions as follows Only the question 2 the True false radio button options 3 and the Submit button 7 are displayed When the user responds the presentation compares the answer with the reference answer which is previously defined by the author e lf the answer is correct the actions defined in On correct tab are taken which typically is to display the On correct response 4 e lf the answer is incorrect the actions defined in On incorrect tab are taken which typically is to display the On incorrect response 5 e lf the user tries to leave the answer incomplete the actions defined in the On incomplete tab are executed which typically is to display the On incomplete response 6 Apart from this primary behavior the object also has secondary behaviors To set up all behaviors of the main object double click on the frame 1 This launches Event Editor with the objec
244. ons pressing hot keys and entering text ActivePresenter has the option to automatically insert annotation shapes where you have clicked or when you press any keys on the keyboard Optionally ActivePresenter can actually insert the description of your actions e g left click right click in the inserted shape 2 Annotation during edit phase Annotation during edit phase is done by various methods e Superimposing different shapes on the video e g a circle ellipse around a button a rectangle around a control etc General Basic Screencasting Concepts 20 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 e Inserting comments with call outs and text boxes e Inserting audio video clips e Adding your own commentary also called voice over e Adding subtitles and closed captions ActivePresenter And LMS The outputs produced by ActivePresenter can be hosted on an LMS Learning Management oystem as an online course An LMS can manage multiple courses on different subjects The LMS also allows multiple students to have multiple sessions of the course and keeps track of the marks scored by each of the students during each of those sessions SCORM SCORM is a standard for describing and packing materials so that the LMS can understand So virtually anything can be packed into a SCORM compatible package Interactive Presentation Modes ActivePresenter is capable of generating a presentation in interactive mode in which the gene
245. ons with the following labels on them e Clear Clear the input which viewer has entered e Back Go back one slide e Skip Skip this question and move on e Submit Submit answers Restore defaults Restores the Factory set values Useful to roll back your changes The Annotation Tab As described earlier you can set properties of all the components in the nteraction tab and the Annotation tab The Annotation tab deals with only the non interactive parts of the objects The following options are offered depending on which element is selected some of these options may not be shown Unlike the interaction type elements the annotation elements do not have common properties In fact they can be divided in three distinct groups based on their properties Group Elements 1 Shape Highlight Text Caption Question Title Answer Label Correct Incorrect Hint Complete Incomplete Timeout 2 Image Audio Video Zoom n Pan Closed Caption 3 Cursor Path Within each group the elements have small differences in their properties We will describe all groups separately Customizing ActivePresenter gt Customizing The Preferences 323 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Group 1 Elements The following screenshot shows properties for Shape which is a typical representative of Group 1 elements The other elements in this group have lesser properties than Shape
246. ool Line style Sets the type of line for the outline of a shape or for the pencil tool Q Zoom Set the zoom level for the Canvas panes x Zoom Fit Adjust the zoom level automatically to fit the Canvas to the available space Using Image Resource Properties Window This window allows you to view and edit the properties of various balloons that are available in the Library pane A window pops up when you double click on any balloon in the Library pane The window contains two tabs General and Text Margin Using ActivePresenter Windows Using Image Resource Properties Window 203 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 General Tab The general tab has the following controls General Text Margin Mame Picture Image size 500 x 375 Type Slide background Object background _ Cursor Define Group and HotSpot Group None w HotSpot None Cursor HotSpot 0 OK Cancel The controls work as follows 1 This section contains the Name field This is just the name of the resource for easy remembering and handling You can enter any name you want and change it at any time without affecting any functionality The type of resource You can tag the image resource as slide background object background and or cursor You can apply multiple tags to any resource Later you can use these tags to filter shortlist images of certain type s Define the g
247. orrect On Incomplete On Timeout Actions to be performed when the answer is not correct Actions Continue Presentation Show Object Blocking Incorrect Message 12 Cancel The GUI works as follows 1 The actions are listed in a stack The attempt is classified into various groups It can be specific First Second Third 4 5 or special All Last The actions for each group are listed in a stack and executed in the order of appearance top to bottom If a certain attempt belongs to multiple attempt groups the actions are executed from group to group in this order specific group All All but Last Last Others For example if maximum attempt is 3 and user gives incorrect answer in the third attempt the actions of the Third attempt will be executed first then the actions of All attempt then the actions of the Last attempt In this example e Ifthe user gives incorrect answer in his last attempt recall that the number of attempts is defined in the Settings tab then ActivePresenter will display Incorrect message All attempt action then continue the presentation Last attempt action e In all the attempts including the last attempt if the user has provided an incorrect answer ActivePresenter will display the Incorrect message 2 hese buttons are used to organize the list of actions Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 193 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 The F butto
248. ost all types of objects e For Mouse Click object the attached sound is played when user clicks on the object e For other types of objects the attached sound is played when the object starts showing The Audio section looks like this ListeningPractice ThroughDi zn r D uration gd 00 00 00 00 01 29 Recording Input Device Speakers 2 High Definition Audio Dew w Di d 00 00 00 Calibrate Input Text To Speech Generate Settings Playing Options Loop Ignore Pausing The controls work as follows 1 This is the general section The Name box shows the name of the audio resource Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Properties Pane 214 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 The D and AF buttons add the audio resource from Library or disk respectively The button removes the loaded resource The playback controls play this audio 2 he Recording section offers a third alternative source for the audio Here you can record your own audio track Select the Input device using the drop down lists The list changes based on your hardware Now press the Record button Bio capture the sound Adjust the Volume control button p and adjust the recording volume When done press the Stop button W e Optionally you can calibrate the sound level before starting the recording to make sure that the sound level is strong enough but there is no distor
249. ou to temporarily change the resolution of the screen before doing the capture and automatically revert to the previous setting when you finish the capturing Capture rea x a pum Screen resolution ug 1920 x 1080 32 bpp 60 Hz Full Screen Custom The Audio Input Section ActivePresenter allows you to record the system audio and one other audio input device simultaneously Recording the system audio and Microphone at the same time is the most common in practice Audio Input Device Microphone High Defini v Volume Record System Audio eee The Device box shows the list of audio input devices detected If you want to record the audio from your Microphone let select it in this list On some computer selecting Stereo Mix What U Hear Wave Out Playback will also record the system audio but using Record System Audio check box is much easier The Volume slider displays the input audio signal level for the audio input device selected in the Device box You can also change the input volume level of selected audio input device with this slider For example you are selecting the Microphone as the input device and speaking something on Microphone to test If the Volume slider displays the signal in red color you should reduce the input volume value otherwise the audio quality will be low because the signal is clipped The Record System Audio check box allows you to select recording the system audio while
250. ow you would like to remove the sound object from all slides Rather than laboriously selecting each slide and deleting the sound you have a shortcut Select SLIDE Batch Operations Delete Objects Editing A Project Editing A Slide 71 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 A window is launched Delete Objects Annotations Interactions Messages Shape Spotlight Mouse Click Correct Text Caption _ Feedback Mouse Hover _ Incorrect Cl Highlight Cursor Path me L Hint ell Bi ELM Text Box Complete L Key Stroke Incomplete Video Closed Caption Hi eE Audio Gesture Effect Drop Area Select All Select All Select All f In Slides All Slides Current Slide Specified Slides e Include objects shown over multiple slides It has three sections which are to be used as follows 1 What to delete This section contains the master list of all objects Select the ones you want to delete Where to delete In this section identify the slides where you want this mass destruction to happen Be careful You could delete objects from good slides as well In case you want to specify certain slides only separate their numbers with comma A hyphen indicates range For example the screenshot shows the range 3 6 slide 3 4 5 and 6 Aaditional Option Check this if you also w
251. ows 1 The actions are listed in a stack They are executed in the order of appearance top to bottom In this example The presentation will show the correct message 11 ActivePresenter provides internal reference numbers to each message This particular message is the Correct message for this particular interaction Note that the Show Object action doesn t control the display duration of the message To change the display duration of the message select the message in the Canvas and change its duration in the Properties pane After that ActivePresenter will continue the presentation If the presentation is playing this action does nothing If the presentation had paused because a Pause is set in an interactive object or if an object takes the Pause Presentation action in response to a trigger event the Continue Presentation action will continue playing the presentation from the time it is paused These buttons are used to organize the list of actions The F button adds a new entry in the pane The button removes the selected entry The f and buttons move the selected row up and down in the stack Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 192 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 The On Incorrect Tab This tab is used in all interactions except the Mouse hover interaction It defines the action to be taken when the user gives an incorrect response Choice Settings On Correct On Inc
252. p of objects press CTRL and then go on clicking on the objects names 6 or Time Bars 7 To select contiguous objects first click on the first object and then SHIFT Click on the last object to be selected All the objects between these two objects will be selected To deselect any object from the group press CTRL and click on that object e While you drag a border ActivePresenter provides precise timing information in milliseconds o For the start edge it shows the start time o For the end edge it shows the end time on the Ruler and the duration of the time bar next to the bar as shown below You can use either value to drag the edge Using The Markers On Time Bar The Time Bars of all objects contain some markers and annotation which are useful for specific purposes Transition effects You can use the Properties pane to add transition effects to an object s entrance exit These effects are visually shown with diamonds in Time Bars of the object e he green diamond shows the Entrance transition effect The effect starts at the starting point of the object i e the left edge of the Time Bar and ends at the diamond e The red diamond shows the Exit transition effect The effect starts at the diamond and ends at the end point of the object i e the right Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Timeline Pane 230 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 edge of the Time Bar
253. perty in the case that you want to extend the capability of HTML5 output To see the project properties click the ACTIVEPRESENTER gt Project Properties menu option The following window pops up Editing A Project Project Level Editing 59 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 General Author Event Project Name Geh Presentation RT gg Project Language English U S en US Description Background Color Project Size 400 x 300 pixels Number of Slides 8 Total Duration 31s Location D testiPresentation appro File Size 20 1 MB Created 6 17 2014 5 07 20 PM Modified 6 17 2014 4 34 02 PM You can do the following 1 Enter a meaningful project name This may be a combination of subject and client You should define your project naming scheme beforehand Enter description for the project Click on the triangle and from the palette widget that appears select a color This changes the background color for the slides opecify the language of editing project ActivePresenter will use the corresponding translation of selected language to display in the output name of elements of toolbar and messages in Flash and HTML5 Simulations if the language is supported in ActivePresenter For other languages you can still modify the texts in output by using Output Language Editor The Project Language is also important if you want to support the language which has special layout or representation such as the ri
254. ple 6 If you click in this check box the answer will be case sensitive So if the user enters london instead of London he will not earn any points The Choice Tab There are two different tabs named Choice One is used in the Multiple Choice interaction and the other is used in the Multiple Options interaction This section describes them both For Multiple Choice Question The Choice tab checks whether the user has chosen the correct option and also optionally responds to each option chosen for example display a hint message as to why this is not the correct choice and ask the user to try again Note that before coming to the Event Editor you must enter the text for all options The Choice column reflects this text You cannot edit this column in the Event Manager Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 182 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 1 hoice Settings On Correct On Incorrect On Incomplete On Timeout Points 1 E Action by choice Correct Choice Actions 30 to Slide at Index 1 Answer 1 r Continue Presentation Go to Slide at Index 4 Answer 2 Continue Presentation Go Forward 1 slide Answer 3 Continue Presentation Send Email Answer A End Presentation The GUI works as follows 1 Enter the points to be earned For this option to work the Score by event check box must be cleared In that case the Points column below is removed If the user selects th
255. pression levels Note that the Level higher the compression level the longer it takes to export e Select None when testing the output e Select Ultra or High when exporting the final result This option is only available if the PNG image format is selected Exporting The Project Exporting To HTML SlideShow 113 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Range 1 to 100 The higher the quality the larger the output file size This option is only available if the JPEG image format is selected Output Location Define the location where the exported contents will be placed Advanced Options The following SCORM related options are available General Advanced SCORM Options Generate SCORM Package No Package Version 1 0 Identifier SCORM PACKAGE Organization Title Untitled Image Item Title Untitled SCORM related Options Parameter Options Remarks Generate No If your LMS supports both 1 2 and 2004 versions of SCORM SCORM SCORM1 2 please choose 2004 version the latest version Package l SCORM 2004 Package Specify a version that can be used to differentiate manifests Version with the same identifier For example if you are uploading the same project after modifying it provide a different version number Identifier Specify a name used by the LMS to identify different manifests This value is generated automatically by ActivePresenter but Exporting The Project gt Exporting
256. put volume automatically or manually 3 If Show Recording Toolbar option is selected ActivePresenter pops up a toolbar with all controls necessary to start and stop the recording and adjust the sound level The large counter shows the duration of the recording ni 00 00 00 Il E Note If this toolbar is placed inside the capture area it is also captured so please be careful when placing this toolbar on screen For this same reason this toolbar should not be used when you capture full screen Once you are satisfied with all settings click on the Start Capture button the big red button Now ActivePresenter hides in the system tray and captures the target application Work with the target application as usual Creating A New Project Creating A Capture Project 38 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 After you have finished the action to be captured click on the Q button in the system tray This action pops up the ActivePresenter recording pane Pause Stop Discard You have now the following options 1 Click on the Pause button to pause the recording The idea is to skip recording for a while and resume later 2 Click on the Stop button This ends the recording and lets you edit the recorded project 3 Click on the Discard button This aborts the current recording and discards the recorded project When you press the Stop button ActivePresenter automatically enters edit mode The editing techniques are descr
257. r Manual Version 5 5 the physical size depends on pixels and the dpi dots per inch setting of the displaying printing device Image Color Depth True Colors 24 bit 256 Colors 8 bit Grayscale 8 bit Higher color depth makes the presentation look stunning But it also increases the file size When the images are inserted in other files that file also will become large Frame rate Compression level Choose from None 1 8 select a number Maximum Set between 1 and 30 fps frames per second Select the compression level you want Output Location Location Location where the exported files will be placed Exporting The Project Exporting To Flash Simulation 150 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Advanced Options General Advanced Miscellaneous SCORM Options Generate SCORM Package Package Version Identifier Organization Title Untitled Item Title Untitled Report score in percentage Report Options Method No Report w Format Email HTTP address to receive Pass Condition Condition Percents of correct answers w notless than 80 These are SCORM related options SCORM Options Parameter Options Remarks Generate SCORM No If your LMS supports both 1 2 and 2004 versions of Package SCORM1 2 SCORM please choose 2004 version the latest version SCORM 2004 Package Version Specity a version that can be used to differentiate manifests w
258. r a range by separating the slide numbers with a hyphen For example 3 6 means slide 3 4 5 and 6 2 Next set the TTS parameters by clicking on the Settings button 2 Objects Introduction To Objects 289 ActivePresenter User Manual The following window appears Settings Voice Microsoft David Desktop English United States v 0 100 Speed 0 Volume Preview Testing text to speech settings select the TTS voice adjust the speed and volume Version 5 5 To check the settings enter a test sentence in the Preview input box and click on the Speak button If your results are not OK change the parameters and try again Repeat this cycle till you are satisfied If your settings are too unsatisfactory click on the Reset button and start over When you are satisfied press OK to return to the main window 3 Inthe main window the check box at the bottom 3 extends the duration of each CC object to match the duration of the converted speech This may cause sync problems e The CC may run into the subsequent scene which has no relation to what the CC is talking about e The converted audio may interfere with an audio embedded in the slide during capturing phase e he converted audio may overlap with TTS audio of other objects shapes for example e The converted audio may overlap with other stand alone audio video objects You will have to check the presentation for these problems an
259. r is expected to select any one answer When the user responds the presentation compares the answer with the reference answer which is previously defined by the author e lf the answer is correct the actions defined in On correct tab are taken which typically is to display the On correct response 4 e lf the answer is incorrect the actions defined in On incorrect tab are taken which typically is to display the On incorrect response 5 Objects Introduction To Objects 263 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 e lf the user tries to leave the answer incomplete the actions defined in the On incomplete tab are executed which typically is to display the On incomplete response 6 Apart from this primary behavior the object also has secondary behaviors To set up all behaviors of the object double click on the Target area This launches Event Editor with the object s current settings in the following tabs Choice Settings On Correct On Incorrect On Incomplete and On Timeout You have to set up the behavior of each button separately Double click on the button to launch Event Editor with the button s current settings in the following tabs On Click On Hollover and On Rollout Question Multiple Response The Multiple response type Question is an interactive object The default Multiple response object consists of seven separate elements as shown below Type the question here Type the answer here Type
260. rated output uses either HTML5 or Flash technology This is a self running presentation and normally consists of multiple files e HTML5 They are HTML JavaScript CSS and media resource files which will be run by a web browser e Flash The main file is a SWF Flash file and HTML index page which embed that SWF file so it can run inside a web browser The user runs the interactive presentation with a web browser The interactive presentation can run in four different modes Demonstration Tutorial Practice and Test The Demonstration and Tutorial modes are appropriate for teacher to lecture automatically or manually The Practice and Test mode are appropriate for the student to take exercise or examination ActivePresenter allows to you to display hide each object in specific modes For example you might use two different audio narrations for the Demo and the Test modes A brief overview of each mode is given below Demonstration Mode The simulation will automatically run based on your time settings for slides and slide objects in your project When the elapsed time for each slide reaches the slide s duration the presentation jumps to next slide if the current slide is not the last one If toolbar and slides list are available user can navigate to a certain slide pause resume or exit the simulation Note a special case If you export the presentation as a video AVI WMV MP4 MKV FLV or General Basic Screencasting Concep
261. reate a link to the resource instead of storing the original file directly inside the Library or project HTML is a huge standard which has many tags meanwhile ActivePresenter s editor only support some basic tags for formatting characters and paragraphs Using HTML text copied from other applications may produce incorrect result in some output such as HTML5 oimulation Selecting this option is not recommended Select this option allows ActivePresenter to adjust the width of shape automatically to have a best look when importing XLIFF Customizing ActivePresenter gt Customizing The Preferences 334 ActivePresenter User Manual What s New All changes are tagged to identify their source Tag What it means New A new feature was introduced in the latest ActivePresenter Modified An existing feature was modified enhanced in the latest ActivePresenter Added The earlier version of manual missed a feature detail Corrected Mistake in an earlier version of manual is corrected now In the table be low click on the page number in the left column to jump to the changed text Use your pdf reader s Back button to return here Version 5 5 Page What s new 16 Modified Capture Profile Update names and descriptions of capture profiles 20 Added The path of external data folder 23 New Add the Selection pane 27 Modified Export To FLV is combined into Export To Video
262. red text exceeds the area the text is shifted so that the insertion point is always Objects Introduction To Objects 258 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 visible You will have to resize the area manually e lf the Submit button is enabled the entered text is validated when the user presses the Submit button e fthe Submit button is not set the text is validated whenever the user presses any key As long as the entered text is a partial match for the reference text ActivePresenter will wait for the user to input more text However the moment the last entered character is found to be different it will be deemed as incorrect e lf the entered text matches the reference text ActivePresenter displays the On Correct type message 2 e lf the entered text does not match the reference text ActivePresenter displays the On Incorrect type message 3 Apart from this primary behavior the object also has secondary behaviors To set up all behaviors of the object double click on the Target area This launches Event Editor with the object s current settings in the following tabs Text Settings On Correct On Incorrect On Incomplete On Timeout On Rollover and On Rollout Key Stroke The Key Stroke is an interactive object By default a Key Stroke object consists of three separate elements as shown below You can optionally add a Hint message and a Timeout message The object works as follows When the interactiv
263. rofile ActivePresenter captures screenshots when there is an input from mouse or keyboard At the same time ActivePresenter keeps track of the actual elapsed time This profile produces multiple screenshots slides and or multiple videos While recording you can manually switch between the FMH and Smart Capture capture types using hot keys defaults are F9 and F10 This is very useful when capturing a text typing operation or a mouse drag n drop operation Using Smart Capture has several advantages e tis possible to create interactive and branching content HTML5 Flash e High quality output when export to HTML5 Flash but small output size thanks to PNG loss less compression e Smooth cursor path e The presentation is divided into steps so it is easier to manage and edit 4 Smart Capture with Auto FMR When use this capture profile ActivePresenter switches automatically between the two capture types mentioned above It captures in the Smart Capture capture type but will temporarily switch to the FMA capture type when you start dragging the mouse and switch back to the Smart Capture capture type when you stop dragging the mouse You can also create your own capture profiles to use in your authoring process Slide Background Slide background in ActivePresenter displays the image of a step where to click what key is pressed in interactions chain when creating a tutorial It is also used to display some form of corporate iden
264. roject The Library provides ready resources to all projects Note that the Library contains two different types of resources e Preset resources bundled with ActivePresenter e User resources Added to the Library by user Once a resource is placed in the Library you can delete move rename the original The author can also insert resources directly from the disk rather than placing it in the Library first But there are two major disadvantages 1 The resource is used by a particular project only To use it in another project you will have to insert the resource again from disk General Basic Screencasting Concepts 19 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 2 ActivePresenter does not check whether the new resource is already being used in the current project It will go on adding each copy independently Thus the project size grows tremendously if you use the same resources multiple times Therefore if you want to re use a resource in multiple projects it is always best to first add the resource to the Library and then use it in your projects from there There is only one physical file that stores all library contents This file is located at C Users lt Username gt AppData Roaming ActivePresenter ActivePresenter aplib Windows Vista or Windows 7 Or C Documents and Settings Username Application Data ActivePresenter Windows XP How ActivePresenter Manages The Resources ActivePresenter reads the file content and
265. roject or existing project in order to access it Once you have finished editing the image you can close the host project without saving This is a five step process 1 Open a project of any type or open an existing project Don t worry about its parameters because the project will not be changed in any way 2 Insert the image in any slide Again don t worry about how this affects the slide We are not going to save the project 3 Right click on the image in the Canvas pane or its time bar in the Timeline pane From the context menu that appears select the Edit image option The Image Editor pops up and lets you edit the image 4 After editing you can directly save the image as a file using the ACTIVEPRESENTER Other Uses Of ActivePresenter ActivePresenter As Image Editor 159 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Save as menu option 5 Close the project without saving ActivePresenter As Image Format Converter This is a four step process 1 Open a project of any type or open an existing project Don t worry about its parameters because the project will not be changed in any way 2 Insert the image in any slide Again don t worry about how this affects the slide We are not going to save the project 3 Right click on the image in the Canvas pane or its time bar in the Timeline pane From the context menu that appears select the Export To File option A dialog pops up In its Save as type
266. ropdown arrow to display the Sub menu Audio gt From File Insert an Audio from external audio file Audio gt Create New Insert an Audio object for recording TTS Video Insert a Video ITERACTION Tab Tool Default Icon Remarks Shortcut Mouse Click Tei Insert a Mouse Click object gt Key Stroke Insert a Key Stroke object Text Box Insert a Text Box object a Mouse Hover 8 Insert a Mouse Hover object Menus Toolbars And Shortcuts ITERACTION Tab 309 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Drop Area n Insert a Drop Area object True False De Insert a True False type question object Multiple Choice Cem Insert a Multiple Choice type question object D Multiple Response es Insert a Multiple Response type question object Essay Insert an Essay type question object Fill in Blank e Insert a Fill In The Blank type question object Fill in Multiple H Insert a Fill In Multiple Blank type question Blank Ae object Sequence Le Insert a Sequence type question object Drag n Drop mM Insert a Drag n Drop type question object Event y Show the Event Editor window for the focused interactive object If the focused object is an element of a question object the question Event Editor will be displayed Message Insert feedback message for example Correct Incorrect for the focused interactive object If
267. roup and hotspot If you want to use the image for annotation during capturing you should add multiple versions of the image each having its hotspot anchor point in a different direction so that ActivePresenter can automatically select a variant that does not cross the slide canvas This is done by entering a new group name or selecting an existing name from the drop down list All images that have a common group name are considered interchangeable and ActivePresenter will automatically select the image that fits inside the canvas even when the click spot is close to the boundary of the slide canvas 4 Define the cursor hotspot Using ActivePresenter Windows Using Image Resource Properties Window 204 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 This is the hotspot position not direction for the cursor The x and y dimensions are from the origin point x20 y 0 of the image which is located on the top left corner of the shape as shown below 0 0 a x axis y axis The anchor point hotspot is shown as x y vis a vis the origin 0 0 Using ActivePresenter Windows gt Using Image Resource Properties Window 205 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 The Text Margin Tab The Text Margin tab has the following controls General Text Margin L Select preview mode Fit Preview Window 1 1 This drop down menu has two settings for the zoom level Actual size 100 and fit to window 2 The margin be
268. rred Size Timing Question Text Box Width 120 Height 40 Duration ms 1000 AutoFit Text Change Text Transition Effects Entrance None hy Exit None v Show in Mode Demonstration Tutorial Practice Default Action Scoring amp Continue Presentation Max Attempts C Go to Next Slide Points Attached Message Correct Incorrect Incomplete Hint Timeout Click Sound Mouse Click 1 es gt Restore Defaults OK Cancel Apply The following properties can be edited depending on which element is selected some of these options may not be shown Option What it does Autofit text Automatically enlarges the outline of the shape till the text fits inside the shape Customizing ActivePresenter Customizing The Preferences 321 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Change text Launches the Text Editor window and allows you to enter a message in rich text format Change shape Lets you change the shape for the element Change style Lets you change the style of the element Style is the combination of attributes for line fill Shadow and text Preview Shows how the element will look with all the new settings Preferred size width height Sets the default width and height Timing Duration Sets the default timing for the element as shown on the Timeline Transition effects Allows you to select effect for entry and exit of the object in th
269. s e he Preset resources are predefined and get installed with the ActivePresenter They cannot be moved renamed or deleted e The User resources are the resources added by the user to the library The User resources can be further divided into two categories based on their availability global and project level e The global resources are available to all ActivePresenter projects e The project level resources are assigned to a particular project and are not available to the other projects How Resources Come Into A Project Resources get into a project in five different ways 1 Pre installed resources bundled with ActivePresenter 2 Resources added by the user from the file system to the Library e g audio video files 3 Resources added by the user from the file system to the canvas directly e g audio video files If you insert the same file multiple times in the same project the project treats each copy as a different resource and does not try to find duplicates 4 Audio objects created by the user in a slide e g recorded voice Text To Speech track created from a Closed Caption etc 5 Logical resources created by certain operations Splitting of an audio video splitting of slide deletion cutting of a portion joining with other object changing the volume or inserting a freeze frame silence All these resources appear in the Resources pane from where you can use them in the current project Objects
270. s then you should not care about this and can safely deselect this option to bypass the notification message Project section Control Remarks Backup project every n minutes Define how frequently to back up save the project In rare cases when ActivePresenter crashes it will allow you to recover your last opening projects from the latest back ups Please note that these are not permanent back ups They will be automatically removed when you close your projects Default slide duration Set a default duration for each slide in milliseconds e lf the total run time for all components of a slide exceeds this value this setting will be ignored for that slide So this can also be considered as the minimum duration for each slide Default project location This is the default folder path where all new projects will be saved e You are allowed to change this folder when you save a new project Customizing ActivePresenter Customizing The Preferences 319 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Library and Configuration section This feature is commonly used in production environment where the consistency of content crossing multiple projects is required Control Remarks Name Displays the name of current Library and Configuration of ActivePresenter From this name you can know that whether the required Library and Configuration is imported into ActivePresenter to start the
271. s IH 1 Deet add page between paragrachs of the same style Editing A Project Advanced Editing 100 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Exporting The Project In the previous chapters we saw how to create content and edit it Now we have come to the final stage of exporting the content in the desired formats as images videos interactive presentation or documents Depending upon the export format an exported presentation can be viewed on standard software such as web browsers e g Firefox Internet Explorer video players e g VLC The KMPlayer image viewers Picasa Irfanview XnView etc Microsoft Office LibreOffice etc Overview Of Exporting Options ActivePresenter allows you to render the presentation in many different forms Format Remarks Images Export all slides as images and then use those images for any purposes related to the presentation training course Video Use videos when interaction with audience is not needed HTML SlideShow Slides are exported as images and embedded in HTML pages to be viewed in a browser PDF Document Slides are exported as images and embedded in PDF format Microsoft Word Slides are exported as shapes text and images and inserted in a doc docx file Now this file can be edited further in Microsoft Word or LibreOffice Writer Microsoft Excel olides are exported as shapes text and images and inserted in a xls xlsx fil
272. s are arranged into multiple columns and rows 3 The third mode is Slides in Titles in which the pane only displays the names of slides Editing A Project Project Level Editing 55 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 2 Click the question title 3 Click the question title S 4 Select Coconut S 5 Select Mango 1 6 Select Apple 1 7 Select Grape E night of object to open the Event Editor dialog ES 9 Change the score for selected objects 10 Select Partial score 11 In ActivePresenter vou za can also add a new answer hange the event for your Inserting Slides At this stage you are likely to find that the presentation has some gaps in it ActivePresenter allows you to insert additional slides using the following techniques 1 Insert blank slides and then insert any desired elements in them 2 Create new slides by fresh screen capturing 3 Create new slides by importing images 4 Copy slides from another ActivePresenter project Either an archived project or a project where you inserted content of different type 5 Create new slides from a PowerPoint file These options are described in depth below Inserting A Blank Slide A blank slide acts as a blank canvas a placeholder for other objects For example if you want to add an image video or audio clip in a project you need a slide Now this slide can be an already existing slide one that already cont
273. s are common for all types of projects The following sections show how to edit a project The Editing Process All editing is done in the program window which pops up automatically when 1 You finish creating a new project or 2 You open an existing project The project is edited in three distinct steps 1 Project level editing Since the project is made up of slides we essentially deal with slides in this step Sort the slides in the correct order remove redundant slides get slides from other projects name all slides and add new slides to bridge a gap in the presentation This is the stage where you populate a blank project by inserting slides from other project types This is also the stage where you can insert the non predominant type of content in any project for example in a capture type project you can add slides from PowerPoint or images 2 Slide level editing In this step we fine tune each individual slide Since a slide is made up of objects we essentially deal with objects in this step Insert objects shapes text interactions video clip audio clip highlight closed captions etc and add voice over commentary Next we adjust the properties of each object both in the Canvas pane and also in the Properties pane Then we preview the slide and adjust the objects on the Timeline pane adjust the timing of its entry exit and also manipulate its sequence amongst all objects of the slide Edit
274. s in Library Project Images Audio amp Video HP styles All Objects Shape 69 a The Quick Access Toolbar which contains following tools New Open Save Undo and Redo b The document tab allows you to navigate between opening documents You can also hover the mouse over this tab to view the location of the project file displayed in a tooltip or right click the tab to open the file location save the file close other tabs General gt Overview Of ActivePresenter 20 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 c The Slides pane displays the list of slides in your opening project The following tasks can be done by using the Slides pane e Selecting a slide for editing its content or selecting multiple slides for cutting copying pasting e Changing the order of slides e Modifying the name of slides You can refer to Project Level Editing for more information d The Canvas pane shows the slide It acts like a canvas for painting and hence the name All of your spatial editing is done here visually It shows the captured scene and allows you to add the other annotation interaction objects as required You can also adjust the relative positions of all items in horizontal and vertical directions You can also make a stack of objects where objects partly fully overlap to create special effects e The Timeline pane shows the slide against time axis Its main function is to show all the objects ag
275. sed Caption Include Objects Started by Event Include Cursor Path Only Export Active Window Area Image Size 100 w Color Depth True Colors 24 bit Format PNG Optimization Level None Output Location C Users Documents ActivePresenter Untitled Cancel These options are divided in three sections as follows Rendering Options Include Closed If this option is selected the images will have Closed Caption Caption e Note that if the image size is reduced the captions may not be readable On the contrary they will obstruct whatever little space is left Then it is best to drop it Include Objects If this option is selected ActivePresenter includes objects that are otarted by Event triggered by events Include Cursor Allows you to show or hide the cursor path Path Exporting The Project Exporting To Images 103 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Only Export Active The exported area only includes the Active Window area and slide Window Area objects which are selected to export Image E NENNEN NM oize Range 10 to 150 The size is relative to canvas size selected at the in steps of 10 beginning of the project you can check this out at any time by using the ACTIVEPRESENTER gt Project Information menu option Note that ActivePresenter only works with logical size i e pixels However when displayed printed the ohysical size depends on pixels and the dpi dots per inc
276. slide by holding it off for a few seconds Objects Introduction To Objects 301 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Menus loolbars Ana Shortcuts In this appendix the menus toolbar buttons and default keyboard shortcuts are listed Note that ActivePresenter allows you to customize the keyboard shortcuts ActivePresenter Main Menu Menu Item Default Icon Remarks Shortcut Create Project Create a new project select the type Blank Project Ctrl K Create a new blank project New Capture Ctrl N Create a new capture project Open Project Ctrl O my Open an existing project Save Ctrl S Save the current project Save All Save all open projects Save AS Save the project under a new name Close Ctrl W Close the current project Project Properties o Project s properties Project Settings L View and edit the project s settings Shrink project Make the project compact Menus Toolbars And Shortcuts ActivePresenter Main Menu 302 ActivePresenter User Manual Recent Projects Version 5 5 List of recently opened projects Preferences C View and edit the global settings Exit Ctrl Q Close the ActivePresenter application Quick Access Toolbar Tool Default Icon Remarks Shortcut Create Project WW Create a new project select the type Open Project Ctrl O pe
277. st step Hedo If you try to Undo several steps you are very likely to Undo a step that is actually needed But typically you will realize this mistake only when you see results that you didn t expect One option is to repeat what you did last time But that requires too much of effort Besides you may not achieve the exact same result as the last time So a better option is to retrace the last step that you rolled back That s why it is called Redo Re do Do it again You can Redo allthe steps that you just rolled back provided that you don t do anything after that last Undo operation If you take a new step just after rolling back 2 Undoing some steps then the Redo queue is emptied Previewing A Slide Now that we have inserted all objects and customized slide properties the slide is ready for presentation But the proof of the pie is in the eating If the slide does not look good when played we need to edit it further o0 play the slide by pressing the spacebar or clicking on the P button on the Timeline pane Go on editing various parts till the slide plays perfectly If everything goes well move on to the next slide Adding A Voice over Commentary or Dubbing Many presentations contain a voice over commentary by an unseen person This technique is mostly adopted for documentaries ActivePresenter has a special recording feature that allows you to add a voice over You can also use this feature for du
278. t Layout options Option Remarks Show slide Whether to display the slide names name Full Screen Open the presentation in full screen initially Show slide Whether to render the slide description description Use Native Use Microsoft PowerPoint auto shapes images text boxes and text for Objects representing slide objects Otherwise each object is exported as an image Using native objects will allow editing the shapes directly within MS PowerPoint later once exported Otherwise slide objects are exported as images so it is almost impossible to edit exported document later Advance Select between automatic and manual slides Image options Parameter Options Remarks oize Range 10 to 150 The size is relative to canvas size selected at the beginning of the project you can check this out at any time by using the ACTIVEPRESENTER gt Project Information menu option in steps of 10 Note that ActivePresenter only works with logical size i e pixels However when displayed printed the physical size depends on pixels and the dpi dots per inch setting of the displaying printing device Color Depth True Colors 24 bit Higher color depth makes the presentation look 256 Colors 8 bit stunning But it also Increases the file size When the images are inserted in other files that file also will Grayscale 8 bit become large Format Due to their specs
279. t and therefore you should be careful in placing another audio during the same period e f multiple audios are inserted during the same time you have to make sure that they do not interfere For example one speech and one background music go well together but not two speech tracks e The relative volume of these tracks is important The volume of the background music must be much below the volume of the speech Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Timeline Pane 231 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 In the following screenshot the audio in stretch 1 2 is completely muted while the volume is only lowered in the 3 4 stretch As a general rule in any given stretch of time only one audio track should be dominant and the others should be lowered silenced You can change the heights of time bars which contain audio by right clicking the Timeline and selecting an option in the Waveform Bar Height menu as shown in below screenshot B i LJ b E 9 d m Paste Ctrl V 0 00 0 00 5 0 01 0 01 5 gh TUN Select All Ctrl A La Annotation d Interaction Slide Background d Save Slide As Image Waveform Bar Height v Medium Show Object Names Large ZEN b Play Preview Space Pause The orange stripe shows the pause mark When the Playhead reaches this marker the presentation will paus
280. t is the standard language code default is en for English version After this whenever you press F1 the latest User Manual file will open What s New In This Version Of User Manual Appendix What s New describes what s new in this version of the manual so that if you have already read the previous version you can update yourself with minimal effort The appendix provides links so that you can directly jump to the changed portions and catch up About This Manual Copyrights 14 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 General Basic Screencasting Concepts Before using ActivePresenter you must first understand some basic concepts Screenshot Just imagine that we have a camera to take a photo of the whole screen of your PC an application s window or any part of it Such an image is called screenshot This manual contains a lot of screenshots of the ActivePresenter windows ocreencasting A screencast also known as screen capture is a digital recording of what happens dynamically on your computer screen A screenshot is like a still photo taken of your screen while a screencast is like a video of your screen In the context of ActivePresenter the entire process is as follows 1 Capturing The teacher presenter works on the target application and captures the screen The outcome of this step is a video or a slide show 2 Editing and annotating The teacher presenter edits the video or slide show and ad
281. t any time by using the ACTIVEPRESENTER gt Project Information menu option in steps of 10 Note that ActivePresenter only works with logical size i e pixels However when displayed printed the physical size depends on pixels and the dpi dots per inch setting of the displaying printing device Color Depth True Colors 24 bit Higher color depth makes the presentation look 256 Colors 8 bit stunning But it also Increases the file size When the images are inserted in other files that file also will Grayscale 8 bit become large Exporting The Project gt Exporting To Microsoft Excel Worksheet 128 ActivePresenter User Manual Format JPEG PNG Version 5 5 Due to their specs and compression algorithms JPEG is best suited for pictures while PNG is best suited for computer generated images screenshots drawings Note that JPEG compression is lossy while PNG is lossless so PNG retains crystal clear quality but the downside of PNG is that it does not compress well with pictures very big file size and the decoding when viewing is slower than JPEG However screenshots are compressed better with PNG the file has small size and there is no loss of quality Optimization Level None Low Normal High Ultra Range 1 to 100 These are relative compression levels Note that the higher the compression level the longer it takes to export e Select None when testing
282. t be cleared In that case the Points column below is removed 2 Specify correct drag source drop target pairs The question is considered correct if all drag sources in this list are dropped into correct drop targets e To add a pair of drag source drop target click on the S button or double click on empty area of the list To change a pair of drag source drop target double click on the drag source or the drop target To remove drag source drop target pairs select them and click on the button One drag source can be mapped to multiple drop targets When taking the output simulation users can drag the source to one of the targets Multiple drag sources can be mapped to one drop target When taking the output simulation users must drag all of the sources to the drop target 3 The Partial score check box allows you to specify score for each pair of drag source drop target When you select this check box the Points column is displayed and at the same time the Points control at the top is disabled When the user drops a drag source to the correct drop target he earns the points assigned to that particular pair When he maps more correct drag source drop target pairs the score is added up However if he maps a drag source drop target pair incorrectly the pair is not in Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 189 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 the list specifie
283. t from this primary behavior the object also has secondary behaviors To set up all behaviors of the object double click on the Target area This launches Event Editor with the object s current settings in the following tabs Value Settings On Correct On Incorrect On Incomplete and On Timeout You have to set up the behavior of each button separately Double click on the button to launch Event Editor with the button s current settings in the following tabs On Click On Hollover and On Rollout Question Fill In Multiple Blank The Fill in multiple blank type Question is an interactive object By default it consists of seven separate elements as shown below Objects gt Introduction To Objects 268 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Type the question here Type the answer here Type the answer here Type the answer here EIEIEJRTET Type the answer here However you have the option to add remove answers add a Hint message and three buttons Clear Skip and Back which function as follows Clear Clear all user input on the question e g make text fields empty uncheck radio button check box Skip Go to the next slide Back Go to the previous slide Submit Get user input evaluate and execute suitable actions User can change these default behaviors by editing On Click actions of these buttons from the Event Editor window Select the question then double click the button to la
284. t s current settings in the following tabs Settings On Correct On Incorrect On Incomplete and On Timeout You have to set up the behavior of each button separately Double click on the button to launch Event Editor with the button s current settings in the following tabs On Click On Rollover and On Rollout Question Multiple Choice The Multiple choice type Question is an interactive object Objects gt Introduction To Objects 262 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 The default Multiple choice object consists of seven separate elements as shown below Type the question here ype the answer here Type the answer here Type the answer here Type the answer here AIC However you have the option to add remove answers add a Hint message and three buttons Clear Skip and Back which function as follows Clear Clear all user input on the question e g make text fields empty uncheck radio button check box Skip Go to the next slide Back Go to the previous slide Submit Get user input evaluate and execute suitable actions User can change these default behaviors by editing On Click actions of these buttons from the Event Editor window Select the question then double click the button to launch the Event Editor In the rendered presentation the object functions as follows Only the question 2 the answer options 3 and the Submit button 7 are displayed The use
285. t slide Regardless of that this command will jump to the nth slide in the order Go Forward Go forward by the specified number of slides Note that the target is not a specific slide The jump will land on any slide that is presently n slides away from the current slide Go Backward Go backward by the specified number of slides Note that the target is not a specific slide The jump will land on any slide that is presently n slides away from the current slide Send Email This action launches default email client program installed on user PC and loads the previously configured content in the mail including recipient address subject line etc Note that the email is not sent silently or automatically The user must manually press the send button The user can also modify the email content before sending Open Web page Open the specified URL You can specify whether to open it in the current window or to use a different window Recall that the interactive presentations are always delivered through a browser window Editing A Project Advanced Editing 82 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Execute Execute the specified JavaScript JavaScript Show Object Show shapes images audio and video objects Users can also specify whether this action is blocking or not If this action is blocking subsequent actions will be blocked until the object is hidden Otherwise subsequent actions will be e
286. t the entire slide s duration in the available pane width Cut Range CTRL SHIFT X Cuts the range and places it in the clipboard e The slide duration is shrunk by the duration of the range e Ifthe Time Bar of any object extends on both sides of the range the remainder parts on both sides of the range are joined spliced together This command is activated only when a range is defined The range edit commands are explained in more details here Copy Range CTRL SHIFT C Copies the range into clipboard The original contents of the slide are not affected This command is activated only when a range is defined The range edit commands are explained in more details here Delete Range CTRL Del Deletes the range Nothing is placed in clipboard compare with the Cut command This command is activated only when a range is defined The range edit commands are explained in more details here Crop to Range SHIFT Del Everything in the slide is deleted except the content that falls within the range After this command is executed the duration of the slide is reduced to the range This command is activated only when a range is defined The range edit commands are explained in more details here Insert Time This command is primary used for inserting a Freeze frame control in the selected audio video Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Timeline Pane 22 Act
287. tal Time Oh 0m 30s Total Slides 2 Taken Slides 2 Total Interactions 2 Taken Interactions 2 Correct 2 Points 2 2 Percentage 100 Result Passed At least 80 required 1 Slide 1 ID 1_4 Attempts 1 Points 1 Max Points 1 Result Correct Interaction Type Text Box Answer demo 2 Slide 2 ID 2_1 Attempts 1 Points 1 Max Points 1 Result Correct Interaction Type Multiple Choice Answer 1 Exporting The Project Reporting Options 155 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Report In CSV Format The report is formatted as CSV Comma Separated Values This format is suitable for importing into MS Excel Here is a sample Presentation Description Date UserID Total Time Total Slides Taken Slides Total Interactions Taken Interactions Correct Points Max Points Percentage Result Demo Project for Demonstration Fri May 25 11 46 11 GMT 0700 2012 test 230 25 2 23242 2 2 100 Passed Slide ID Attempts Points Max Points Result Interaction Type Answer T 1 E 1 KM A 1 n 1 W s 1 Correct Text Box demo a he el Ma 1 Wa 1 Y 1 Correct Multiple Choice 1 n Report In XML Format The report is formatted as XML eXtensible Markup Language Here is a sample lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt Content gt lt Report gt lt Name gt Demo lt Name gt lt Descriptio
288. te JavaScript Bangalore h Go to Slide ID 1 Click on Close button Pause Presentation Mumbai Go to Slide at Index A Hanol Submit Text Box 7 London End Presentation Submit Press Key w Enter The GUI works as follows 1 The Points assigned here are common for any of the events listed below For this option to work the Score by event check box must be cleared In that case the Points column below is removed In this example if the user enters Bangalore Mumbai Hanoi or London he will earn 5 points If he enters anything else he will not earn any points 2 he Score by answer check box allows you to specify different scores for different answers When you click in this check box the Points column is activated in the pane below and at the same time the Points control at the top is disabled Now you can double click in any cell in the Value column and enter any string In this example if the user enters Bangalore he will earn 5 points and if he enters London he will earn 4 points 3 he Action by answer check box allows you to define a different action for each answer When you click in this check box the Actions column is activated in the pane below Now you can double click in any cell in the Actions column and select an action from the drop down list Notice that our example shows three actions if the user enters Bangalore e First execute a specified JavaScript Using ActivePresenter Windo
289. that span across multiple slides i Snapping If this is selected the dragged object snaps to the features of other objects and also to certain parts of the Timeline pane See Snapping in Timeline for more details J Loop If this is selected the range will be played endlessly in a loop When the playhead reaches the end of the range it will return to the beginning and continue playing E Preview opace Bar Plays the slide once starting from the current position of the playhead At the end of the play the playhead returns to the Start marker of the range While the selection is being played the button turns to Pause 7 When you click this button the Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Timeline Pane 225 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Button Name Shortcut Function play pauses and the button turns to Resume P The playhead stays at its current position Clicking on the Resume button starts the play from the Playhead s current position and the button turns to Pause 7 again After this successive clicks on the button toggles it between Pause and Resume PP Tip Instead of clicking these buttons it is far easier to simply press the Space Bar to play pause resume If you click the drop down arrow of this tool a menu will show up with two options e Preview all Select this option to preview from the first slide to the last slide in the project wh
290. the F button A new Properties window appears Now set all properties and save under a new style name From this moment this new style will be available Be careful about where you are adding this style Style added in Project will not be available to other projects If you add the style in Library it will be available to other projects The Line Section In this section you can customize the outline of the shape You can select from the following options Option Remarks Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Properties Pane 211 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 No line There is no line at all Solid line Line Style Width 1 Cap Type Round Join Type Round ash Pattern Solid Begin Arrow Type Begin Arrow Size End Arrow Type End Arrow Size Solid Line Color Opacity This option lets you customize the line You can set the following e Line width 1 in pixels e Cap type Round square 2 Note This property matters only in an open curve where you can see the end of a line At present ActivePresenter has only closed shapes e Join type Round Bevel Miter 3 This property changes the look and feel of joints See how a call out looks different with these joints Using ActivePresenter Windows gt Using The Properties Pane 212 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 e Dash pattern Solid dot dash dot das
291. the Timeline From the Timeline we can see that 1 The purple vertical line starts the life of the segment 2 The instant when the cursor starts moving is marked with a red vertical line During the 1 2 gap the cursor is at rest there is no movement this is the Start Duration of the cursor The green line spans the duration of cursor movement 3 The instant when the cursor stops moving is marked with a second red vertical line During the 34 gap the cursor is at rest there is no movement this is the End Duration of the cursor 4 The second purple vertical line denotes the end of the segment Objects Introduction To Objects 280 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Adding A Click Point The diamond on the Timeline shows a click point This is where ActivePresenter simulates a click by producing a click sound and click effect Any point on the cursor path can be converted into a click point Just select the point by clicking on it and then in the Properties pane in the Cursor page click in the Click point check box Composing A Mouse Path Here are a few tips for composing a realistic looking path 1 Avoid showing mouse all the time It is OK if the mouse vanishes from the scene for a while 2 Remove aimless wandering of the mouse It is too much distracting Replace them with straight segments 3 Avoid using the mouse as a presentation pointer Jabbing the pointer at something may be OK
292. the Standard and Professional Editions use the HELP gt Activate Product tool Updating New versions of ActivePresenter are posted at the website on a quarterly basis approximately The new versions have many exciting features To update an existing version of ActivePresenter just download the latest version of the executable and run it by double clicking on it There is no need to first uninstall the older version Or you can simply use the Check for Updates function in the HELP tab ActivePresenter will check if there are new updates and do the updating automatically Upgrading To upgrade your license please contact the support group Uninstalling The standard way to uninstall the ActivePresenter from your computer is to use the Control pane of your Windows go to the Programs and Features option and select ActivePresenter from the application list and follow the instructions to uninstall Alternatively open the folder in which you ve installed ActivePresenter double click on the unins000 exe file and follow the instructions to complete the uninstallation The Multi tier Help System ActivePresenter has a multi tier help system as described below Tooltips ActivePresenter has a tooltip system that explains the purpose of all toolbar buttons Hover your mouse pointer on any button and a short description pops up User Manual If you press F1 at any time this user Manual pdf file pops up to provide the
293. the area of the screen is to be captured and other settings for the new project oince the actual capturing is just one step away your target application must be running at this time If not launch it now and re size its window as desired ActivePresenter displays the following window Creating A New Project Creating A Capture Project 35 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Capture rea Audio Input E F Ste poo x 600 Device Microphone High Defini w io Lock to application Volume FullScreen Custom Mozilla Firefox Start Par w Fa Record System Audio The screen has three parts 1 The Capture Area section allows you to specify a region on computer screen to capture 2 The Audio Input section contains options for recording audio in the capture session ActivePresenter supports recording system audio and Microphone or another audio input device simultaneously 3 On the very right of the window a Start Capture button the big red one is provided and at the bottom right corner of the window is the More Options button Let us see how these sections work The Capture Area Section This section include two main options are described below 1 The Custom option allows you to select any rectangle region on screen to capture Capture Area e sl Ip Sie poo E x em D W Lock to application FullScreen Custom Mozilla Firefox Start Da A In this
294. the first step 3 Specify actions to be taken when each drag source is accepted When the user drops a drag source and it is actually accepted i e not rejected as described in the first step these actions are executed first before executing the actions in the On Accept tab Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Event Editor 186 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 4 These buttons are used to add remove order the actions for each accepted drag source You cannot change the order of the accepted drag sources simply because they need not be in a particular and they are displayed here based on their z index e Click in the cell in the Actions column first and then click on the r button to add an action In this way you can associate multiple actions with a given drag source e Select actions and click on the button to removes them e fa given drag source contains multiple actions the 1t and RB buttons move the selected actions up and down For Drop Area Interaction This tab defines drag sources that can be dropped onto the drop area and optionally score actions to be taken for each dropped source Accept Drag Source Points Actions Triangle Diamond Pentagon Hexagon Continue Presentation Regular Hexagon 2 Show Object Blocking Shape 75 Cancel The GUI works as follows 1 The Points assigned here are common for any of the accepted drag sources listed below For this optio
295. the name or on the Time Bar of the object 2 Right click the selected objects and select the Display Order menu option or click HOME gt Order or click FORMAT gt Order The following tools change the stacking order Icon Name Shortcut Function m Bring to Front CTRL Home Place the selected object at the very top of the stack EN Bring Forward CTRL PageUp Send the selected object higher by one level in the stack 3 Send to Back CTRL End Place the selected object at the very bottom of the stack SC Send Backward CTRL PageDn Send the selected object lower by one level in the stack Removing Objects To remove an object follow this two step procedure 1 Select the object by any one of the following methods e Inthe Canvas pane click on its outline or e Inthe Timeline pane click anywhere on its row e Inthe Selection pane click anywhere on its row 2 Press the DEL key on the keyboard or right click and use the Delete menu option Editing Objects The objects can be edited in different ways 1 Change the physical properties position on screen size rotation fill outline colors transparency shadow etc 2 Change the text inside the object especially text in questions Text caption closed caption etc See Appendix Objects for details Moving The Objects In Timeline In a presentation the timely entry and exit of each object is all important Therefore yo
296. the output e Select Ultra or High when exporting the final result This option is only available if the PNG image format is selected The higher the quality the larger the output file size This option is only available if the JPEG image format is selected Output location Template Location of the template file which the file has to use Output File Specify the file path and name of exported worksheet Exporting The Project Exporting To Microsoft Excel Worksheet 129 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Advanced Options General Advanced SCORM Options Generate SCORM Package Mo Package Version 1 0 Identifier SCORM PACKAGE Organization Title Untitled Item Title Untitled Cancel These are SCORM related options Parameter Options Remarks Generate No If your LMS supports both 1 2 and 2004 versions of SCORM SCORM SCORM1 2 please choose 2004 version the latest version Package SCORM 2004 Package Specify a version that can be used to differentiate manifests with the same identifier For example if you are uploading the EEN same project after modifying it provide a different version number Identifier opecify a name used by the LMS to identify different manifests This value is generated automatically by ActivePresenter but you can change it if needed Organization opecify a title for the organization which this item belongs to
297. the slide rather than editing the image e f you need fine control on the editing process use a full fledged editor like GIMP a raster editor or InkScape a vector editor and then insert the edited image into the slide The image editor in ActivePresenter follows the layout of main editor but all tools are placed in a unique tab DRAWING The image to be edited is placed in the center Canvas pane Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Image Editor 199 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 ACTIVEPRESENTER Paste BIC op Select Rectangle h dc AA d Antias 4 Blur I A 255 5 je Line Une Zoom m IS Width Style m E 0 Quiz Example Quiz Example approj gt lt E True False question 1 X Beside the common clipboard tools cut copy paste and the Quick Access Toolbar the image editor has following tools Tool Effect E Lets you select a rectangle for moving deleting or copying D Crop 4 Scale image A window pops up Image Size Width 60 Lock ratio Quality Interpolation Box You can specify the target width and height If the Width Height ratio is not same as Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Image Editor 200 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Tool Effect original the image will get stretched Alternatively tick in the Lock ration check box and then specify only one of the dimens
298. the voice will be clipped When you are satisfied with the gain setting press the B button to stop the recording Now press the P button to play your recorded voice If the sound has any defects e g breathing noise take care of the problem and repeat steps 1 4 Sometimes the problem may be in positioning of the microphone Automatic calibration 1 Press the Auto Calibrate button and use the microphone normally The Auto Calibrate button turns into Stop Calibration You can press it to stop the calibration any time Continue speaking so that ActivePresenter can automatically optimize the gain After a few seconds the button reverts to Auto Calibrate button This indicates that the calibration is over Regardless of the calibration method the volume adjustment is accepted only when the OK button is pressed If you press the Cancel button the new value will be discarded and the old value will continue Using ActivePresenter Windows Using Calibrate Audio Input dialog 246 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Using Output Language Editor The Output Language Editor window is shown when you click the Edit Output Language button in the Export To HTML5 Flash Simulation dialog It allows you to modify the current translation of texts in the output or add the translation for non supported languages Project Language French Name Show Slide List Montrer la liste de diapositives Total maximum allowed time has passed Le temps
299. ther documents Note that often you will want more than one outcomes from a single project For example you may want to create a video a flash banner for a website and a pdf brochure If you miss any of the expected outputs or if your client adds a requirement later you may have to repeat the project with different settings Therefore you must begin with a careful planning of what is expected out of it Find The Success Factors Depending on the expected outcome for the given project you have to consider various success factors The following is only a sample list of considerations 1 What is the mode of delivery Will the user interact with you Will you need to embed all the information in the product or deliver some of the information in person 2 Is it a simple start to finish presentation or will it have branches Is there additional content that is presented only if when needed 3 Do you want audio not if the kiosk is in a shared noisy exhibition hall 4 Whatis the size and resolution of your target device low resolution devices won t run high resolution presentation 5 Whatis the user s preferred device Some high value presentations may be specially created for iPad or HD monitor screens 6 Does the situation allow interaction not if the viewers have to walk past the terminal in groups Creating A New Project Planning A Project 31 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 7 Will your audience
300. this option is turned off the captured image will have sharp corners e Use opaque background Windows Vista and later have the option to use Aero theme where the borders of windows appear semi transparent While the windows look great they also mess up the screenshot because any text images in the background will also show up through these borders ActivePresenter has the option to replace this transparency in the captured screenshot with an opaque border e Show usage guide Shows a yellow text box that describes how to actually capture the screenshot when capturing windows or objects If you are apt to forget the shortcuts leave this display on Audio An audio object is displayed on the canvas pane as the icon and its Time Bar is displayed in the Timeline Note that the canvas icon is just a visual indicator to remind you that there is an audio in the slide Its placement in the canvas is not important This icon is not visually rendered in the final output In a capture type project a new audio object is created when you narrate the operation of the target software Later during the edit phase you can add audio objects to the slide in four different ways 1 Adding A Voice over Commentary or Dubbing 2 Insert an audio file mp3 ogg wav wma 3 Record a new audio track Objects Introduction To Objects 294 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 4 Convert some text to speech To insert an audio into a sl
301. thout having to install proprietary plugins If you want to create the content which can run on various platforms and devices you should consider using HTML5 Simulation output in ActivePresenter Overview Of ActivePresenter Using ActivePresenter you can capture the live action on the screen and also record your commentary as voice over Then you can edit the result and then add annotations text boxes call outs arrows circles boxes etc images navigational controls and video audio clips ActivePresenter User Interface The program window contains three main sections as shown below ACTIVEPRESENTER HOME SLIDE ANNOTATION INTER TSN EXPORT LOCALIZE VIEW E Meu d Oa a p i 2 SS E Tel AF r4 m Oo 5 Z Find Line Shade GG Replace Project Blank Capture Slides B Z U ae A 5 Xx re gt m 4 Shapes Interactions _ Text Slide Slides From 2 Y 8 Caption Style Q Quiz Example Quiz Example approj X PROPERTIES SLIDE w Snow Continue Numbering Show Restart Numbering 4 Timing amp Transition Duration ms Transition Duration ms Sony your Direction answer is not gt Background gt Accessibility gt Event RESOURCES oo E rey se E ge 1 True Fals 2 blank w c Km Show images in Library Project Image 70 Slide 1 of 8 1 The Tabbed Toolbar At the top of
302. tically detect the area that you want to capture and save the information to captured slides That information is called Active Window To view the Active Window you can select the SLIDE View Active Window tool The following screenshot shows an Active Window area in the dotted red rectangle in a captured slide Editing A Project Advanced Editing 98 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 c ER 9 Bocce AaBbC AA pe X Calibril Indents and Spacing Line and Page raske ua B General beem NEE No Spach Heading 1 en ng F aA k Syes Clipboard ma alae Styles d enu E oO Special By Bet o vr d Ri Mirror indents Before Dm Si Don t add n wA Preview age The Active Window areas detected while capturing are not always fit in a certain circumstance You can modify these areas by enabling the SLIDE Edit Active Window tool After the Edit Active Window Area tool is enabled you can drag and resize them similar to manipulating a slide object The following screenshot shows how the content in above example displayed in the exported output Note that the exported area contains the Active Window area and other slide objects Editing A Project Advanced Editing 99 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Click Paragraph button Click Close om 5 Lge weg afer x 5 me v si
303. ting Slides From A PowerPoint Presentation This technique is mainly used when your primary project was created using either from Images or Capturing and now you want to add complementary slides by inserting a PowerPoint presentation This is equivalent to launching a new PowerPoint project but with the difference that the newly created slides are inserted in the current project rather than opening up a new project The new slides from this instant PowerPoint project are inserted after the current slide To insert slides from a PowerPoint Presentation 1 Click HOME gt Slides From gt From PowerPoint E or SLIDE gt PowerPoint 2 The procedure in the next steps is same as launching a new PowerPoint project Removing A Slide To delete a slide select it in the Slides pane and press DEL e For deleting you can also right click the Slides pane and select Delete menu option e To delete multiple slides at a time select those slides by using CTRL Click and or SHIFT Click and then delete them There are a number of reasons for discarding a few slides 1 The presentation is too long 2 Some slides repeat paraphrase stretch the same contents Remember n the world of presentations less is more 3 Some slides are irrelevant for the current presentation Editing A Project gt Project Level Editing 58 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 But always remember that you need not throw them away on a permanent basis Inde
304. tion A New Project window pops up Select the Blank Project option Immediately the right side of the Creating A New Project Creating A Blank Project 43 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 window changes to show the relevant options as shown below Project Mame Demo Savein C Users Documents ActrvePresenter Demo appro Preset sizes Slide Number of blank slides you would like to create Image Project Blank Praject The various sections of this window work as follows 1 The Blank Project option 2 n this section select a name for the new project Also the folder where the project is to be saved Keep in mind that you are likely to insert a wide variety of objects images video clips etc in a blank project All these files will be saved in the project folder The disk must have enough space to accommodate these items 3 Inthis section select a size for the project s canvas The Preset sizes button offers multiple popular video sizes including the VGA 720p and 1080p Keep in mind the largest item you would be inserting in the project and adjust the canvas size accordingly 4 This section lets you insert any number of slides This is just for convenience You can add new slides at any time later 5 Click the OK button to launch the project Since this type of project does not have any content all content has to be added using editing techniques described
305. tion To calibrate the sound level click the Calibrate Input button The actual calibration is described here Now proceed with the recording as explained earlier 3 This section provides the fourth alternative source of sound A text to speech sound of the text that is entered in the box By default ActivePresenter copies the text that is entered in the shape into this box However you can edit the text or enter your own text e To adjust the TTS settings click on the Settings button The following window pops up Settings Voice Microsoft David Desktop English United States 0 Speed 0 Volume Preview This is a trial TTS sentence Cancel Select the TTS voice all the installed voices are displayed in the drop down list Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Properties Pane 215 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Adjust the speed and volume and check out the overall effect by clicking on the Speak button Repeat the cycle till you are happy and then press the OK button to exit e To generate the TTS audio click the Generate button 4 This section provides options to control how the audio is played These options are available only for audio object not for the audio attached to other types of objects Using The Resources Pane The Resources Pane provides you with the images audio clips video clips and object styles that are available in the Library and also in the current project
306. tion the following editing tasks are possible in the Timeline pane Edit the timings start point and or end point of the objects oplit any audio video objects at the desired instant Join selected audio video objects oplit the slide into two at the desired instant aos St I9 Play the slide and record your commentary in real time You can also use this feature to dub your presentation in different languages SS Adjust the relative volume of audio video objects in the selected range of time 7 Freeze pause a video object for desired time while the other objects are played out normally 8 Change the playback speed of media keeping audio pitch is not supported yet 9 Preview the slide Important note From ActivePresenter 5 5 the Selection pane is introduced that allows viewing all objects including sub objects and objects which are shown by event in a slide so the View AII Objects tool in Timeline is removed A screenshot of the Timeline pane is shown below Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Timeline Pane 223 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 KB HICWO Question 5 Type your comment here 1 Diamond Circle Cross The various parts work as follows 1 The Toolbar contains controls to play and edit the objects in the slide We will see its functions later 2 he Time Ruler shows the time axis in mm ss format For duration longer than 1 hour the display changes to h
307. tity throughout the presentation This could be in the form of a corporate logo or simply corporate colors in the backdrop of each slide This can be achieved by inserting a background image that is shared among multiple slides The slide you see is made up of several objects that form a stack When an object is added to a slide it is placed at the top of the pile and covers the objects placed beneath it In this context the background image remains at the bottom of the objects stack regardless of when it is added Background is an optional item some slides may not have it A given slide can not have multiple backgrounds ActivePresenter has the facility to flatten any stack of objects and turn them into a single background image A background image can be edited like any other image General Basic Screencasting Concepts 17 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Slide Index The slide index denotes the order of any given slide in the slide list The first slide has index 1 the second slide has index 2 etc The index numbers of slides change when slides are added deleted or shuffled Hesources We need multiple items for annotation shapes for the annotation styles for shapes background music pre recorded sounds such as mouse clicks additional video clips etc These are collectively known as resources The resources can be divided into two categories based on their source Preset resources and User resource
308. tivePresenter creates bookmark links to each slide However there is a little difference in Compact mode the first bookmark Exporting The Project gt Exporting To Adobe PDF Document 116 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 NEN level is slide group title the second one is slide name Only Export Active The exported area only includes the Active Window area and slide Window Area objects which are selected to export It is usually used with the Slides per page Contiguous option olides per page One Single slide per page Two Two slides per page top bottom Contiguous The slides are written contiguously in a page until there is not enough space then it will move to the next page Compact In this mode only the screen of first slide in each group is exported For the following slides ActivePresenter exports only the slide name and slide description Description This is the slide description None No description exported Choose on which side of the slide the description has to be placed Top Left Right or Bottom Page orientation Choose from landscape and portrait The page size is fixed A4 ActivePresenter also used fixed margins of 1 2 54 cm on all sides Image Parameter Options Remarks oize Range 10 to 150 The size is relative to canvas size selected at the beginning of the project you can check this out at any time by using the ACTIVEPRESENTER gt Project Information me
309. to show the relevant options as shown below Project Mame Demo Savein CUsersiDocumentsVActivePresenterXDemo appro De ew Cap E Preset sizes Import PowerPoint File name Size Creatomg A Capture Project_level2 742x170 The Audio Input Section 234x177 Creating A Project From PowerP 600x465 The various parts of this window work as follows 1 Ihe Image Project option 2 n this section select a name for the new project Also the folder where the project is to be saved Keep in mind that a copy of all images will be saved in the project folder and also any videos you may add to the project later The disk must have enough space to accommodate these items 3 Inthis section select a size for the project s canvas The Preset sizes button offers multiple popular video sizes including the VGA 720p and 1080p Creating A New Project Creating A Project From Images 42 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 While selecting the canvas size keep in mind the size of images you would be using If the canvas Is too small for the image the image will be clipped You can re adjust the canvas size after inserting all the images ActivePresenter displays the size of all images which makes it easy to find the largest height width and set the canvas size accordingly 4 This section lets you insert images First click on the F button to insert an image This pops up a browse window You can navigat
310. to the entire software Interaction Parts of objects that have interactive nature are controlled from here Annotation Parts of objects that have annotative nature are controlled from here Customizing ActivePresenter Changing The Language 316 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Auto Annotation Text ActivePresenter has the capability to generate appropriate annotation automatically from interactions This tab controls how those annotations are generated Hot keys Change the hot keys used for various operations Tabbed Toolbar Customize the tabs and tools in the Tabbed Toolbar Miscellaneous Options that don t fit anywhere in the above tabs Note that some objects have multiple elements Some of these elements are meant for annotation while the other elements are for interaction Such elements are controlled by the Annotation and Interaction tabs respectively For example a True False type Question object has these elements 1 A Question Label that is displayed on screen Annotation type element 2 Two Answer Labels that the viewer can click to choose the answer Annotation type elements 3 A Submit button that the viewer clicks Interaction type element Various attached messages that will be displayed for various events such as On Correct On Incorrect On Incomplete and On Timeout these events are triggered automatically when viewer interact with the question These messages are also classified
311. tom restores the values to their default values This is useful if you have experimented with the controls far too much and want to start over ActivePresenter allows you to define hot keys for seven functions as shown above The Capture In Advance function is similar to Manual Capture except the captured screenshot will be used as background for next step This function may be useful in some circumstance for example when you want to capture a button in normal state not in hover state sometimes the target application also needs the same hot keys In such cases you can disable the Use hot keys check box or define different ones for ActivePresenter To change any hot key just click inside the box and press the new combination of keys on your keyboard Immediately that combination appears in the box The new combination does not take effect till you click the Save button Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Capture Profile Editor 174 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Using The Event Editor The event editor defines the behavior for each interaction Each type of interaction can handle certain events trigger conditions by taking one or more actions It is the job of the Event Editor to define the actions to be taken for each event To launch the Event Editor window use any of the following methods 1 In the context menu of any interactive object select the Event Properties option at the top 2 Double click on th
312. torial ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Using ActivePresenter Windows In this Appendix we will see how to use the various windows in ActivePresenter Using The Capture Profile Editor The Capture Profile Editor window is launched when you launch a new profile or edit an existing profile from the New Project window e f you have launched a new profile ActivePresenter allows you to copy settings from an existing capture profile by launching the following window Copy settings from None Record Software Demonstration Record Movie Streaming Video Smart Capture With Auto FMR Smart Capture Select None if you want to build a new profile from scratch The Capture Profile editor has five different tabs each dealing with a specific area The values set in all these tabs are saved in the current profile The Save and Cancel buttons at the bottom are common between the five tabs The new settings do not take effect till you have saved the profile Once you create a new profile it will be available in the Capture New Project window The tabs are described below Using ActivePresenter Windows gt Using The Capture Profile Editor 164 ActivePresenter User Manual The General Tab This tab allows you to make generic choices for the capture settings General Audio amp Video Cursor Annotation Hotkeys Capture Profile Profile Name Record Software Demonstration Description Record full motion
313. ts 21 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 WebM ActivePresenter checks each object s Demo mode settings to decide whether to include it in the video In other words ActivePresenter treats a video like an interactive presentation that is running in demo mode Tutorial Mode In this mode the simulation not only runs based on slides and slide objects time setting but also supports interactive capability User must use mouse or keyboard to interact with interactive objects on each slide ActivePresenter will assess user response and execute associated actions which are defined in authoring time Practice Mode This mode is similar to Tutorial mode except it has options to create and send report about user result to specified Email or HTTP address Besides if user fails to perform expected interaction the interactive object will be displayed if it is hidden before Test Mode This is similar to the Practice mode but when user fails to perform properly the interactive object won t be displayed if it is hidden before Furthermore the author can limit the maximum time which users are allowed to complete the test Frame Hate To create an illusion of animation consecutive images frames show the action in small progression in quick succession The brain is tricked into believing that these discrete images show a single continuous motion This is the technique behind motion video The frequency rate at which the frames are displ
314. ts are designed to respond to user inputs They not only change the course of the presentation based on user input but also keep a track of user activity for example assess his performance in a test The interactive objects are as follows Object Typical uses Mouse Click Responds when the user clicks in a pre defined area Use of modifier keys ALT CTRL and SHIFT is also allowed Text Box Responds when the user enters specific text string Key Stroke Responds to an individual key on the keyboard or a hot key such as CTRL SHIFT P Mouse Hover Has two different types of responses e When the user hovers his mouse over a certain area e When the user moves his mouse away from the area This interaction is different from others it does not assess correctness of user response Therefore it does not have common interactive properties such as score pause time limit On Correct On Incorrect Objects gt Overview Of Objects 250 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Drop Area Responds when the user drops a drag source onto it Question ActivePresenter allows you to insert eight different types of questions True False Multiple Choice Multiple Response Essay Fill in Blank Fill in Multiple Blank Sequence and Drag n Drop The question and options appear on screen and the viewer is expected to respond within a predefined time ActivePresenter can be programmed to take
315. ttom Right Exit Select from None Fade out Fly out Peek out and Wipe Duration Set a duration of the effect in ms Direction Select the direction for Fly out Peek out or Wipe effect Available directions are To Left To Top To Right To Bottom To Top Left To Top Right To Bottom Left To Bottom Right Show In Mode Put a click in the four check boxes Objects General Properties Of Objects 253 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Demonstration Tutorial Practice Test e he object will be visible in a given mode if there is a tick in its check box e Incase of interactive object if the object is invisible in a specific mode except the Demonstration mode it is still functional Audio Video Click Sound This property refers to the media associated with the object e For Mouse Click object the property is named Click Sound the attached sound is played when user clicks on the object e For Video object the property is named Video e For others types of objects the property is named Audio the attached sound is played when the object starts showing Base Style If the fill line or text properties are not set the object will use the corresponding properties in the base style When you click the Change Base Style button a style selector window pops up Fill The fill properties Line The outline properties Text The text prop
316. tween the image and the nearest text is defined here If the image is surrounded by text then the distance between the image and the text would be automatically maintained as per these limits Using The Properties Pane The Properties pane is where you can view and change all common properties of selected objects or slides Please note that you can select multiple objects or slides to change their properties at Using ActivePresenter Windows gt Using The Properties Pane 206 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 once A screenshot of the Properties pane for the selected shape is shown below A General Name Shape 1 Report ID Password Field il Transform Left 487 E Top 145 Keep Aspect Ratio Text Margin m Timing amp Animations Show In Mode Audio Base Style Fill Line Text Shadow Drag n Drop gt n b b b Accessibility As you can see the Properties pane consists of many sections Each section displays several properties that are related to each other You can freely expand or collapse any section by clicking on the section title It s quite straightforward to get familiar with the Properties pane so this manual only describes some sections that are a bit complex The Fill Section In this section you can customize the body of the object You can choose from the following options Option Remarks No fill The object s body becomes transparent no solid color or gr
317. u must adjust the time bar of each object very carefully and play the slide repeatedly Editing A Project gt Editing A Slide 70 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 to check whether the overall effect is exactly as you wanted Refer to the Using The Timeline appendix to know how to manipulate the objects on the Timeline Find And Replace Text To locate a word or phrase in slides text in objects and then replace it with another word or phrase do the following 1 Click the HOME tab then click Find f to find or click Replace ste to find and replace the text You can also use the keyboard by pressing Ctrl F and Ctrl H for these purposes In the Find what box enter the text you want to find and replace In the Replace with box enter the text you want to use as the replacement In the Look in list specify the scope to search either Selected Slides or All Slides SH we S Ze Do one of the following e To search for the next occurrence of the text click Find Next e To replace the currently selected occurrence of the text click Replace e To replace all occurrences of the text click Replace All e To cancel a search in progress click Close Removing Objects From Multiple Slides Sometimes you realize that you have made the same mistake in multiple slides For example while capturing the target application you chose to record sound but the final project does not need sound or it got recorded poorly and n
318. ual Version 5 5 Accepted Drag Sources On Accept On Reject On Rollover On Rollout Max Accepted Objects 1 s Infinite On hax Accept Reject Replace the Last Drag Source Triangle Continue Presentation Diamond Go Forward 1 slide Pentagon Hexagon 4 Accept All Cancel The GUI works as follows 1 Specify the number of drag sources that can be accepted by the drop target If the number is finite you can define what happens when users drop more drag sources that are in the accept list specified in the second step than this number e Reject The drop target does not accept the new dropped object The dropped object is sent back to its original position and the On Reject event is triggered e Replace the Last The last dropped object is sent back to its original position the new dropped object is accepted Of course the On Accept event is triggered in this case 2 Specify drag sources that can be accepted by the drop target You can select deselect the Accept All checkbox to select clear all accepted drag sources e When a non accepted drag source is dropped it is sent back to its original position and the On Reject event is triggered e When an accepted drag source is dropped if the number of already dropped object is smaller than the maximum accepted objects specified in the first step the drag source is accepted and the On Accept event is triggered Otherwise the output simulation acts as described in
319. uced file size but at the cost of irreversible loss of audio quality Sample Rate The incoming analog sound is first converted into digital form and then stored on the disk This digital sound is not the exact replica of the original Some fidelity is always lost The fidelity of the digital sound depends on the sample rate and bit rate Higher the sampling and bit rate better the fidelity However higher fidelity also increases the file size as more data needs to be stored The most popular sampling rates are listed here Channels Choose from Mono and Stereo Unless you are opting for a studio recorded sound track Mono is sufficient During playback the sound card feeds the same sound in left and right channels otereo recording needs double the storage size as compared to Mono Bit Rate This is the amount of compressed data needed to store one second of sound Higher the bit rate better the audio quality and larger the file size This option is only available if the MP3 audio codec is selected because ActivePresenter encodes the MP3 audio in constant bit rate mode Quality ActivePresenter allows you to select a quality level between 1 min and 100 max The higher the number you select the better is the audio quality and the larger is the file size This option is only available if the Vorbis audio codec is selected because ActivePresenter encodes the Vorbis audio in constant quality mode
320. uced in ActivePresenter 4 0 Below are its main advantages 1 Learner viewer can view the same content on various devices PC tablet mobile or platforms Windows MacOS Linux iOS Android 2 he content can run on any HTML5 supported browsers such as Internet Explorer 9 or newer Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Apple Safari without using plugin Flash or Silverlight player 3 ltcan also run on old browsers Internet Explorer 7 and 8 if the appropriate plugin Adobe Flash Player or Microsoft Silverlight is installed Note that due to the limitation of Internet Explorer 7 and 8 the rotation of objects will be ignored when displaying the HTML5 content on these browsers To export the project to HTML5 Simulation click EXPORT gt HTML5 Simulation B The Export To HTML5 Simulation dialog has three groups of options General Advanced and Exporting The Project Exporting To HTML5 Simulation 137 ActivePresenter User Manual Misc Miscellaneous General Options General Advanced Miscellaneous Template Standard Operation Modes Demonstration Tutorial Total Max Time minutes 0 Generate Index Page Image Size 10096 w Format PNG w Fallback Media Player Adobe Flash Player Output Version 5 5 Practice Test Interaction Flashing ms 0 Edit Output Language Color Depth True Colors 24 bit w Optimization Level None v C Microsoft Silverlight Location C Users Documents A
321. ud the accessibility name first then the accessibility description If you don t want screen readers to read anything leave both accessibility name and description blank Customizing Accessibility Text for Objects ActivePresenter also supports accessibility text for each object on a slide By default accessibility text is generated automatically from the text that the object displays or the object name if it doesn t contain any text Therefore the default accessibility text is usually useless for objects that doesn t contain text such as video image In this case you should customize the accessibility text to provide sufficient information about the object e wu V General Transform Timing amp Animations Show In Mode Image Audio Base Style Fill Line Shadow Drag n Drop d d d d d d d d d d d a Accessibility Focusable Auto Label Mame Description Select the object that you want to change accessibility text In the Properties panel expand Accessibility property Deselect Auto Label property the accessibility Name and Description are now enabled In the accessibility Name and Description field type the accessibility name and description for the object When the object appears screen readers will read aloud the accessibility name first then the accessibility description If you don t want screen readers to read anything leave both accessibility name and description blank Editing A Proj
322. unch the Event Editor In the rendered presentation the object functions as follows Only the question 2 all answer statements 3a with their corresponding input boxes 3b and the Submit button 7 are displayed The user is expected to click in these input boxes and type his answers e Note that although this example shows the answer boxes at the end you can easily place them in the middle of the sentences Just type a few spaces in the middle of the answer sentence and then drag the input box over this blank area of the answer Re size the input box size position text style etc as required When the user responds the presentation compares the input text strings with the reference answers which are previously defined by Objects Introduction To Objects 269 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 the author e lf the answer is correct the actions defined in On Correct tab are taken which typically is to display the On Correct response 4 e lf the answer is incorrect the actions defined in On Incorrect tab are taken which typically is to display the On Incorrect response 5 e lf the user tries to leave the answer incomplete the actions defined in the On Incomplete tab are executed which typically is to display the On Incomplete response 6 Apart from this primary behavior the object also has secondary behaviors To set up the general behaviors of the object double click on the Target area This launch
323. urns into a background image for a corresponding slide in ActivePresenter project All the separate objects in the pptx slide will be flattened into one image and you cannot manipulate animate them But can add annotations in the ActivePresenter project e Process Objects in Slides All the objects present in each slide are imported in the corresponding ActivePresenter slide You can manipulate these objects and then annotate the slides in ActivePresenter Remember that by default none of the slides are selected If you do not select any slides nothing will be imported into ActivePresenter You can select multiple slides by pressing SHIFT and CTRL keys as you click on the slides Or else just click on the Select All button Once you are satisfied with the slide selection click on the OK button This imports the pptx file into ActivePresenter The next step is to edit this project The editing techniques are described in the next chapter Creating A New Project gt Creating A Project From PowerPoint Presentation 41 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Creating A Project From Images This is the third content generation method where images are used to create slides in ActivePresenter instead of recording a target application We will again launch ActivePresenter and on the welcome screen select the New Project option A New Project window pops up Select the Image Project option Immediately the right side of the window changes
324. used TTS narration it needs to be read fully while the corresponding feature is still highlighted This is not a problem for most objects as you can simply lengthen their bars in the Timeline In case of a video you can freeze the frame for a few moments till the narration and caption play out After that resume the play When you agjust the caption bars in the Timeline these changes are reflected in the Closed Caption Editor Let us see all this with an example The following screenshot shows our Taj Mahal project It shows three bars in the Closed Caption row which means there are three captions Objects Introduction To Objects 287 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Timeline Closed Caption KE Zoom n Pan Ka Image 4 K i The bars in Timeline were adjusted as follows 1 The first caption introduces the Taj Therefore it must start after a couple of seconds Therefore the start point of this bar was pushed back by 2 seconds The duration of the bar was adjusted so that the audience can read the text comfortably The intent was to zoom n pan to a minaret 2a and reveal an amazing fact that the minarets are intentionally built tilted so that from afar they actually look perfectly vertical o0 the zoom n pan 2b takes the viewer to the minaret Once the view is zoomed in the caption is displayed oince this is a longer sentence more time is given to it Another zoom n pan brings the
325. utton check box Skip Go to the next slide Back Go to the previous slide Submit Get user input evaluate and execute suitable actions User can change these default behaviors by editing On Click actions of these buttons from the Event Editor window Select the question then double click the button to launch the Event Editor In the rendered presentation the object functions as follows The question 2 all answers 3 and the buttons 6 are displayed The answers are shuffled randomly each time the question shows The user is expected to drag and drop the answers so that they have the same order as the author placed them Apart from this primary behavior the object also has secondary behaviors To set up all behaviors of the object double click on the Target area This launches Event Editor with the object s current settings in the following tabs Settings On Correct On Incorrect and On Timeout You have to set up the behavior of each button separately Double click on the button to launch Event Editor with the button s current settings in the following tabs On Click On Rollover and On Rollout Objects gt Introduction To Objects 271 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Question Drag n Drop You should read Creating Drag and Drop Interactions to have basic concepts about drag and drop as well as useful tips before reading this section As mentioned Drag n Drop Question is a type of
326. various different actions depending on whether the response is correct or incorrect or if the viewer fails to respond within the time limit General Properties Of Objects In general any object s properties can be divided into three categories 1 Properties that define the object physically size position rotation color transparency start end time etc 2 Properties that deliver the core function of the object each object has a unique purpose 3 Properties that define response to the user action Interaction Some objects don t have interactive properties They provide only annotations to the presentation Most of these objects are made up of multiple parts elements Each element has its own properties You can tweak these properties to such as extent that the object may not be recognizable You can visually adjust some physical properties with mouse 1 Most rectangular shapes have nine handles Drag these handles to change the size aspect ratio rotation of the rectangle 2 Most shapes have one adjustment point which is rendered as a yellow diamond Slide the yellow diamond to change the form of the shape Different positions of the diamond results in drastic change in the shape as shown below Objects gt General Properties Of Objects 251 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 3 Double click on any text to edit it 4 You can use the context menu to any rectangle to apply a diff
327. ve e Pets children making a noise e Humming of your PC fan or an overhead fan Normally we are not aware of these constant noises because our brain tunes them out naturally However when the same noises are heard during your presentation your audience would be distracted To check for ambient noises leave the microphone on for a couple of minutes without speaking and then play back that recording If you hear anything at all you will have to address the source of that noise Your PC may be running applications e g chat clients that pop up messages frequently or produce alert sounds Turn off all such applications Put your mobile in Silent mode or better switch it off Do a short test recording to make sure that your audio is being recorded without any distortion oelecting Your Recording Equipment Buy the best possible microphone look for high sensitivity figures USB microphones use less computer resources and record better audio than an analog microphone If you are using a microphone on a stand goose neck select the stand such that you are able to Editing A Project Editing A Slide 77 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 sit with correct posture you should not have to lean too forward or bend down to speak into the microphone Wrong posture will not only spoil your voice delivery but it will also be tiring for long duration recordings Use a microphone stand with a stable base that does not wobbl
328. vePresenter Windows gt Using The Timeline Pane 244 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 tab The following are their default values Hotkey Function CTRL SHIFT X Cuts the range Range edit command CTRL SHIFT C Copies the range to clipboard Range edit command CTRL DEL Deletes the range Range edit command SHIFT DELETE Crops to range Range edit command Also keep in mind the following tips e Use CTRL Scrolling mousewheel to zoom in out quickly e Use SHIFT Scrolling mousewheel to scroll horizontally in the Timeline Using ActivePresenter Windows gt Using The Timeline Pane 245 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Using Calibrate Audio Input dialog The Calibrate Audio Input dialog allows you to select appropriate level of input volume for recording audio If microphone is your input device read a sentence into the microphone to set the sensitivity level Status Not Calibrating Input Volume e Auto Calibrate OR Cancel This dialog can be used in two different modes Manual calibration 1 Keep the microphone in its normal position and speak in your normal volume 2 Click on the button and read a sentence into your microphone At the same time move the slider to right and increase the gain till the LED bar at the right shows yellow bars intermittently If the bar starts showing red LEDs move the slider a bit to the left otherwise
329. vePresenter or not The right to left language is fully supported in the most important features such as editing Export To HTML5 Simulation Export To Video It is also supported partially in Export To Microsoft Word PowerPoint Excel Editing A Project Advanced Editing 96 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 The following screenshot shows how the right to left language is supported in the editor ACTIVEPRESEMTER HOME SLIDE ANNOTATIO INTERACTION EXPORT LOCALIZ VIEW HELP FORMAT SC len fk 4 De C E umm le seres Se Er Paste EA Copy Blank Capture Slides B 7 U abe A sf X x OD amp amp A El Interactions WR Or Slide Slides From zs e Rei G 7 Untitled Untitled approj X Slide 1 of 4 This screenshot shows how it looks like in the HTML5 Simulation output Editing A Project gt Advanced Editing 97 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 e file C Users NgocBac Documents ActivePresenter Untitled HTML5 tutorial html autofit true uic ols Tutorial Y M viaa Li Active Window Suppose you are creating a simple manual with ActivePresenter for example a Microsoft Word document shows how to delete a folder in Windows Sometimes you want ActivePresenter to capture the window of file explorer the other times you want it to capture only the confirmation dialog which ask you whether to delete the folder So how to achieve this with ActivePresenter ActivePresenter can automa
330. view back to normal This is intentionally done at a faster pace because we are only reverting to the full view that was already there After this a small gap is allowed so that the audience can reorient itself Now the final caption begins Adequate time is given so that the audience can read it comfortably Objects Introduction To Objects 288 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Here are some tips for manipulating CC lines allows you to position the CC bars correctly e g to synchronize with the audio 1 You can select multiple CC time bars using SHFT click to select all adjoining bars and or CTRL Click to select all non adjoining bars 2 You can shift multiple selected CC time bars simultaneously by dragging with mouse Converting All Closed Captions To Speech ActivePresenter provides a batch operation to convert all CC objects into speech in one stroke Click SLIDE Batch Operations Convert Closed Captions to Audio The following window pops up In Slides All Slides Current Slide O Specified Slides Text To Speech Lf Extend caption duration to match the duration of generated audio OK Cancel 1 In the top section 1 define the slides where you want this convert CC to speech e You can do the conversion in all slides of the project current slide or specific slides e To limit the conversion only to specific slides enter the comma separated list in the input box You can ente
331. w position This gives the path a new shape Any given path segment can be made a curve or a straight line Just select the start point and from the context menu select the Straight cursor path or Curved cursor path options or click FORMAT gt Straight Cursor Path s or FORMAT gt Curved Cursor Path i kb When you select click on the start point of a segment ActivePresenter shows a Control point 4 associated with the end point In the example above we had clicked on point 1 so ActivePresenter shows the control point 4 which is associated with Point 2 This control point is always tangent to the curve You can change the shape of the curve by moving the control point The following figure shows two sets of experiments e Within each row the diamond is shifted more and more away from the end point See the progression between figures 12 3 and figures 4 5 6 e Within each column the diamond is rotated around the end point by 45 Compare figures 1 4 2 5 and 3 6 Observe that 1 Asthe yellow diamond is moved away from the end point the path becomes more Objects Introduction To Objects 277 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 curved Observe the progression in figures 12 3 and also figures 45 56 2 As the diamond is turned away from the straight line connecting the start point and the end point the curve also moves away from the center line This shift is even more pronounced when the diamond
332. ween tools during a localization process To export texts in your project to XLIFF format do the following steps 1 Click LOCALIZE gt Export To XLIFF Editing A Project gt Advanced Editing 93 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Export Options Include Project Information Include Slide Texts Mame Description Group Title Include Closed Captions Include Shape Texts Include Accessibility Texts Include Event Values Use TMX 1 4b standard compatible tags bpt lt ept gt lt ph gt Output Output File D Presentation xlf Cancel In the Export To XLIFF dialog select types of text which you want to export for translation Select option Use TMX 1 4b standard compatible tags bpt lt ept gt ph if your translation tool doesn t support lt g gt and lt x gt tag Enter the output location and filename 5 Click OK to start exporting to XLIFF Replacing Slide Backgrounds You should not localize directly in your original project but do it in a copy of the original project So this section also describes the step to copy the project for completeness 1 Create a copy of the original project for the new language Copy the project file in File Explorer or use ACTIVEPRESENTER gt Save As feature in ActivePresenter If you copy it in File Explorer make sure it is not opening in ActivePresenter The project copied from an opening project may be corrupt Give the copied project a meaning
333. wers can interact with the output using keyboard For example enable Focusable property for Mouse Click objects so that viewers can press the Tab key to navigate to the object and the Enter or opace key to activate it You can also provide a Key Stroke object that acts as a keyboard shortcut for each Mouse Click object Enable accessibility features when exporting to output formats that support accessibility Customizing Accessibility Text for Slides In ActivePresenter you can add accessibility text describing each slide for screen readers to read aloud when the slide is displayed Screen readers and accessibility text are useful for people with visual impairment k General P Transition k Background 4 Accessibility Auto Label Name Description By default ActivePresenter uses slide name and description as slide accessibility text To provide different text for screen readers do the following steps 1 2 oelect the slide that you want to change accessibility text In the Properties panel expand Accessibility property 3 Deselect Auto Label property the accessibility Name and Description are now enabled Editing A Project Advanced Editing 91 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 In the accessibility Name field type the accessibility name or short description for the slide In the accessibility Description field type text that describes the slide When the slide appears screen readers will read alo
334. will save you from a writer s block and also help you stay focused on the main subject and prevent you from straying into unrelated topics Next think what material you need for each of the lowest level topics images icons screenshots or a live screen capture with annotation etc Make a note of this against each topic Creating A New Project Planning A Project 32 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 For best results write the script for each topic what exactly do you want to convey Optionally create a visual storyboard to bring more clarity Note A Storyboard is more useful in creating a video rather than for creating documents Note that your preparations so far have nothing to do with ActivePresenter or any other tools Identify Your Sources For Presentation Now that you are clear about your success factors and ready with an outline and storyboard the next step is to think about how to create the content for that presentation A major part of your presentation would be created by capturing the live action of the target application as you interact with it In addition you may already have some resources that can be readily used in your presentation e PowerPoint presentations e Images photos screenshots e Video audio clips In your outline and storyboard mark the places where each of these resources would be used This completes the visualization of your project selecting The Content Generation Method
335. ws Using The Event Editor 181 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 e Jump to slide 3 and then e Pause the presentation 4 These buttons are used to organize the entries in the bottom pane The F button adds a new action to the selected row e f you had clicked in the Event column this button adds an event e f you had clicked in the Action column this button adds an action within the same event In this way you can associate multiple actions with a given event The button removes the selected row e f you had clicked in the Event row this button deletes the event and all its actions e f you had clicked in the Action column this button removes the action but does not affect the Event row The f and buttons move the selected row up and down in the stack e f you had clicked in the Event row these buttons move the event and all its actions together as a set e f you had clicked in the Action column these buttons move the Action row but do not affect the Event row 5 Choose how the user will submit his answer If you select the Auto option the answer is checked each time the text in the field is changed i e ActivePresenter checks as you type If you select the Press key option you have to click in the input box and press a hot key The user will have to press the same hot key to submit his answer e tis your responsibility to convey to the user which hot key is defined use a message for exam
336. xecuted right after the object is displayed Hide Object This action is used to hide any objects which are displayed by Show Object action before they hide automatically Play Audio This action is used to play audio resource It is similar to the Show Object non blocking action with audio object except it does not require an audio object is inserted earlier Submit This action send whatever users entered in the specified interactive object to the presentation to evaluate Clear User Input This action clears whatever users entered in the specified interactive object for example e Clears text in all text fields for Text Box and Question objects that contain a text box e Un checks the radio buttons or check boxes for Question objects e Send dropped drag sources to theirs original position setting Up The Interactions The actual interactions are set using the Event Editor To invoke the Event Editor for each interaction object you can use one of following methods e Double click on the interaction object or e Select the interaction object then click INTERACTION gt Event Creating Drag and Drop Interactions Drag and drop is a visual and eye catching interaction that allows user to drag an object and drop it onto another object A drag n drop interaction needs an object that can be dragged and a place or object to drop it ActivePresenter calls them drag source and drop target respectively Dra
337. xt Name Accessibility name of the object Screen reader will read this text aloud when the object appears Description This provide more information about the object Screen reader will read this text aloud when the object appears after reading the accessibility name Object Styles By default each type of object has a separate look and feel see below This is achieved by setting a different color transparency text shadow and line thickness for each Objects General Properties Of Objects 255 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Line Red Line Copper Line Yellow Line Green Line Aqua Line Blue Line Violet Line Pink Fill Red Fill Copper Fill Yellow Fill Green Effect Effect Copper Effect Yellow Effect Green Effect Aqua Effect Blue Effect Violet Effect Pink Fill Aqua Fill Blue Fill Violet Fill Pink Abc Abc Text Box Key Stroke Mouse Click Mouse Hover Button Balloon Highlight Corect Mes Incorect M Incomplete Complete Abc Abc Abc Abc Hint Accept Me Reject Mes Text Caption Question type of object The combination of all these attributes is called Style You can edit the default styles all objects using those styles will take the new look and create new styles and apply to any of the objects You can change the style of object using the fill line and text tools in the toolbar or using the
338. y render the HTML content a little differently Exporting The Project Exporting To HTML5 Simulation 142 ActivePresenter User Manual SCORM Options Version 5 5 Parameter Options Remarks Generate No If your LMS supports both 1 2 and 2004 versions of SCORM SCORM please choose 2004 version the latest version SCORM1 2 Package SCORM 2004 SE opecify a version that can be used to differentiate manifests Posta with the same identifier For example if you are uploading the same project after modifying it provide a different version number Identifier opecify a name used by the LMS to identify different manifests This value is generated automatically by ActivePresenter but you can change it if needed Organization Title opecify a title for the organization which this item belongs to ActivePresenter automatically generates this value from project name However you can enter a difference text Item Title opecify a title for the item ActivePresenter automatically generates this value from project name However you can enter a difference text Report Options These options let you decide how to report the results of test taken by the student Method Choose between e No Report Do not send report e Email Send report through email e HTTP Send report through HTTP request Format Choose between the reporting formats e XML Document e JSON JavaScript Object Notation Ema
339. y selected object does not have any part inside Shape 1 A md range it is deleted entirely from the slide e g Shapes 6 2 Crop Some objects selected The Copy Command The Copy command copies those parts of objects that fall inside the range and puts them on clipboard e f no objects are selected the Copy command checks all objects in the slide e lf any objects are selected in the slide the Copy command checks only these selected objects Using ActivePresenter Windows Using The Timeline Pane 239 a E ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 If any object does not have any part inside the range it is not copied The following diagram illustrates these conditions amp Eo Cg 002 003 LI l LLLI LL L L LLLI LII M l LLLI LLLI LILI EEE thle 0 05 Shape 12 a Ff 5 of Shape 11 a gd 5 of Shape 10 amp ff of Shape 9 a ff of Shape 8 a PF 9 of Shape 7 amp x l u Shape 6 d Shape d Shape 4 d Shape 3 d ES Shape 2 d gt Shape 1 d 9 E e FT NENNEN Wd E ES No objects selected Some objects selected A mio on Sie Shape 24 a vg Shape 23 A mmu Shape 22 Se e Shape 21 Se gi Shape 20 Se uU Shape 19 Se Si Shape 18 A m Shape 17 a g Note that the lower figures show fresh slides into which the clipboard contents are pasted Just imagine that a slice is taken out of the original slide and placed
340. ying it provide a different version number Identifier Specify a name used by the LMS to identify different manifests This value is generated automatically by ActivePresenter but you can change it if needed Exporting To Microsoft Word Document 125 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Organization opecify a title for the organization which this item belongs Title to ActivePresenter automatically generates this value from project name However you can enter a difference text Item Title opecify a title for the item ActivePresenter automatically generates this value from project name However you can enter a difference text Creating Custom Word template When exporting to MS Word Document you can create your own Word template and let ActivePresenter use it to create the output document To create a custom layout template you must have Word 2002 Word XP or higher version installed on your computer The steps are as follows 1 Placement Of Contents The following tags will be used to specify the location to place exported contents e SlideNamel1 e SlideDescription1 e Slidelmaget For example if you want to place slide name somewhere in the template you type SlideName 7 at that location Only the usage of Slidelmage 1 is different This used to specify the location of slide content slide background balloons captions texts You need to insert Word drawing canvas and set its
341. yle In A Batch Operation cccccccseececeeeeeeeeceeeeseeeeeseeesseeeeseeeesseeesees 73 Changing Object Transitions In A Batch Cperaton 74 BI ele Ec 76 FACOG sericea he eee eaten 76 PS i i daremos c 76 Adding A Voice over Commentary or Dubbing ccccceeececeeeeceeeeseeeeceeeeeseeeesaeeeeseeessaees 76 Choosing A Quiet And Comfortable Location cccccccccsseecceseeeecceeseeeceesaeeeceeseeeeeeeeeaaees 77 Eliminating And Preventing Any Disturbing SoundS s seesnesnnnsnrnsrresreesrrrsrrrsrrrnrreeerne 77 Selecting Your Recording Eoumpment sessao TRA 77 Setting Up Your Equipment Correctly ccccccecccceececeececseeceeeesessaeeeseeeeseaeeeseeeesesesseeeesees 78 General Tips For RECOGINO seize eect edunt mte n ede pated pelis at e s ee dau im n eaten 78 DUAA O TEE 78 Adding Navigational Elements 79 Job ie To ere IR o EE 79 Making The Project Interactive else nn nnnm nnn nnns 79 How Interactive Objects Behave 79 The Trigger Conditions a k a Events 80 Hue ce 81 Setting Wo The InteracloriS EE 83 Creating Drag and Drop Interacthons enne nnns 83 Table of Contents 4 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Drag SOURCE m n 83 Biyejomi F i10 EE 85 DODAT Teea T 87 Dao EDOD OUG SION EES 87 Drag Drop CONMGCIOR NT TTE a a a E E 88
342. ze and re position the video frame by dragging the handles on all sides and corners Objects Introduction To Objects 296 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 To change a video in the Properties pane go to the Video page 4A Video Name video 1 zn bes bc 00 00 00 Duration 00 00 09 Playing Options _ Loop Ignore Pausing Preview Click on the We button to insert a resource from the Library or button to Insert a file from the disk The button is used to remove an existing resource so that you can insert another resource The playback controls allow you to play the video and check it out You can insert multiple frames in the slide and play multiple videos simultaneously e Play two videos side by side in a before after scenario or e Play multiple videos side by side to compare different techniques e g bowling action batting strokes biking posture running etc Common Properties Of Video Object The video objects have the following properties Property Remarks Name A name generated by ActivePresenter to identify the audio object uniquely The name is simply Video n where nis an incremental counter number Video The media resource which selected object refers to You can change it to another resource Objects Introduction To Objects 297 ActivePresenter User Manual Version 5 5 Loop If selected the video is played in an endless loop when the end is reached t

ActivePresenter User Manual v5.5

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents